<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
		<id>http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Sottini</id>
		<title>Privacy-Now - User contributions [en]</title>
		<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Sottini"/>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php/Special:Contributions/Sottini"/>
		<updated>2026-05-14T12:49:55Z</updated>
		<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
		<generator>MediaWiki 1.30.0</generator>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=Controllers_/_Processors&amp;diff=804</id>
		<title>Controllers / Processors</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=Controllers_/_Processors&amp;diff=804"/>
				<updated>2019-10-31T17:14:19Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sottini: /* Introduction to Access Requests */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction to Access Requests ==&lt;br /&gt;
''Controllers / Processors'' is not really a process as many others. With this functionality, Privacy-Now® basically allows to manage the master data concerning ''Data Controllers'' and ''Data Processors''. A ''[[How To#Data Grids|data grid]]'' is used to populate data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Remember that in the ''data grid'' there is no distinctions between ''data controller'' or ''data processor'' role. Any record can be used and its role is defined in other processes (e.g. ''[[Processing Activities|processing activities]]''). This means that the same entity can be used for multiple roles (e.g. as a ''data controller'' for a ''processing activity'' and as a ''data processor'' for another).&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sottini</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=Controllers_/_Processors&amp;diff=803</id>
		<title>Controllers / Processors</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=Controllers_/_Processors&amp;diff=803"/>
				<updated>2019-10-31T17:13:58Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sottini: /* Introduction to Access Requests */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction to Access Requests ==&lt;br /&gt;
''Controllers / Processors'' is not really a process as many others. With this functionality, Privacy-Now® basically allows to manage the master data concerning ''Data Controllers'' and ''Data Processors''. A ''[[How To#Data Grids|data grid]]'' is used to populate data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Remember that in the ''data grid'' there is no distinctions between ''data controller'' or ''data processor'' role. Any record can be used and its role is defined in other processes (e.g. ''[[Processing Activities|Processing Activities]]''). This means that the same entity can be used for multiple roles (e.g. as a ''data controller'' for a ''processing activity'' and as a ''data processor'' for another).&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sottini</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=Controllers_/_Processors&amp;diff=802</id>
		<title>Controllers / Processors</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=Controllers_/_Processors&amp;diff=802"/>
				<updated>2019-10-31T17:09:32Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sottini: /* Introduction to Access Requests */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction to Access Requests ==&lt;br /&gt;
''Controllers / Processors'' is not really a process as many others. With this functionality, Privacy-Now® basically allows to manage the master data concerning ''Data Controllers'' and ''Data Processors''. A ''[[How To#Data Grids|data grid]]'' is used to populate data.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sottini</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=Controllers_/_Processors&amp;diff=801</id>
		<title>Controllers / Processors</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=Controllers_/_Processors&amp;diff=801"/>
				<updated>2019-10-31T17:07:21Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sottini: /* Introduction to Access Requests */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction to Access Requests ==&lt;br /&gt;
''Controllers / Processors'' is not really a process as many others. With this functionality, Privacy-Now® basically allows to manage the master data concerning ''Data Controllers'' and ''Data Processors''. A ''[[data grid]]'' is used to populate data.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sottini</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=How_To&amp;diff=800</id>
		<title>How To</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=How_To&amp;diff=800"/>
				<updated>2019-10-31T17:05:27Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sottini: /* Data Grids */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This section of Privacy-Now® guide introduces how to use the main functionalities of the tool.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Dashboards ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:vimeo|&lt;br /&gt;
https://vimeo.com/316809047|800|center|Video tutorial on using ''dashboards''.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Dashboards'' are automatically presented when logging to the system for the first time. The following ''dashboards'' are available:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Privacy Overview&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Access Requests''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Actions''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Audits''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Consents''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Data Breaches''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Issues / Non Conformities''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Privacy Impact Assessments''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Processing Activities''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Risks''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from the Overview ''dashboard'', which presents information from several processes, each ''dashboard'' is dedicated to a ''privacy management process''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Dashboards'' are composed of widgets (see the figure below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dashboard_Widget_ENG_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Example of ''dashboard'' widget.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Widgets are generally configured to be interactive. Clicking on a part of the widget with the left mouse button opens a context menu which presents the following options:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- '''Open Record List''', allowing to open a list of the records which correspond to the result clicked in the widget;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- '''Break Down''', allowing to drill down into the shown dimension;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- '''Back''', allowing to return to the upper dimension from which the drill down was done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the subscribed packaged, ''dashboards'' can be directly created or configured by ''users''. However, the guide to customize them is not included in this wiki.&lt;br /&gt;
Additionally, ''Dashboards'' are continuously improved and clients suggestions are welcome to this aim.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, remember that the trial subscription has limited access to the '''dashboards'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Menus and Views ==&lt;br /&gt;
Menu items are accessible from the left menu bar of the and they may launch functionalities or ''views''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:View_ENG_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Example of ''view''.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''views'' records can be sorted with column headers and paged with paging commands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is also possible to filter data. Pressing on the magnifier icon activates the grid filtering fields. They work logically in AND and they filter the records in ''view''. The '''GO''' command activates the entered criteria and the '''RESET''' command removes them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''PRINT''' prints the selected (using tick boxes column) records cards. A new browser window is opened for each card. '''PRINT LIST''' prints the selected records list. '''EXPORT TO EXCEL''' export the selected data in Excel format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== News ==&lt;br /&gt;
News is a service functionality used by Privacy Now®  staff to publish information about the service. Typical information may be announcements of new features or information on maintenance windows or service issues. News are scrolling titles in the news box positioned after below the left application menu. Just click on a scrolling news to access its detailed content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Records Management ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Create ===&lt;br /&gt;
Creating new records, including ''users'', is done by accessing and navigating the '''''Add New''''' menu item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Add_New_Self_Service_ENG_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Self service area to add new records.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just click on the item you want to create and this opens a dialog box where you can enter the related description or just press '''Create''' to generate a new record. Press ''Close'' to exit without creating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Update ===&lt;br /&gt;
Updating a record can be done immediately after creating it or later when saved. See [[How_To#Search|Search]] section for more information on how to search existing records. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When focused on a record, the command bars allow to save it and additional tasks on the record:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Save''' - simply saves the record;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Save &amp;amp; Exit''' - saves the record and exits from the update form;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Save &amp;amp; Next''' - this command first performs a save and then immediately enables to move the record to the next desired step in the workflow;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Cancel''' - exits from the record without saving (unsaved updates will be lost);&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Reload''' - reloads the record (unsaved updates will be lost);&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Print''' - prints the record;&lt;br /&gt;
* ''' Quick Actions''': enables a context menu showing some shortcuts for commands enabling functionalities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Update_Record_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Record update screen.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When saving, remember to update all mandatory fields which are marked with a red asterisk in the form. If some mandatory content is missing, the system will warn by showing a textual message before the update form where the missing fields are reported. The ''User'' will then have the possibility to update and save again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Save &amp;amp; Next''' command opens a dialog form to choose the workflow transition to perform (and therefore the target status).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SaveNext_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|'''Save&amp;amp;Next''' dialog form.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dialog form, the ''user'' shall select the transition to perform and the command to execute:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Cancel''' - to exit from the form without executing any transition;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Apply''' - to execute the selected transition without saving the record in the destination status (if a reload of the record data is done before saving, the status will remain unchanged);&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Apply &amp;amp; Save''' - to execute the selected transition and save the record in the destination status (if a reload of the record data is done, the status will be the target one).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that the '''Apply &amp;amp; Save''' command won't be enabled if mandatory fields are missing to save the record in the target status. In such a case, use the '''Apply''' command, fill the missing values and then save the record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the ''Save &amp;amp; Next'' dialog box by clicking the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Transition Comment&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; tick box it is possible to enter a comment for the transition (e.g. the reason to perform it) which will be visibile in the history of the record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the ''user'' is lost and doesn't know how to proceed (which are the next posible workflow statuses), the ''Explore Workflow'' command will help by opening the explorer workflow window (see the figure above).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this window, the workflow is graphically presented. Each rectangle represents a workflow status and arrows connect possible transitions. The current status is yellow, the past ones grey, the target ones red (if the ''user'' hasn't privileges on a transition needed to move the record in the target status) or green (if the ''user'' has the privileges to execute a transition moving the record to the target status). The form is interactive:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* the ''user'' can see details about the roles and resources enabled to perform a transition by clicking on the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;details&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; label on the same transition;&lt;br /&gt;
* the ''user'' can recall the ''Save &amp;amp; Next'' dialog box by double clicking with the left mouse button on a green status (this will start the dialog box with a preselected transition).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ''user'' can change directly the record status selecting the target status from the drop down list box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the record, the ''user'' can move to the different content form by using the form selector (see the figure above). Depending on the type of record and the privileges of the 'user'', the visible form are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''General''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - containing the main information of the records;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Attachments''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - allowing to view or manage attachments;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Related Items''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - allowing to view and manage related records (e.g. ''risks'' related to a ''processing activity'');&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Messages''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - allowing to view and manage messages (mails) which will remain related to the record;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''History''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - showing the history of the changes performed for the record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Delete ===&lt;br /&gt;
''Privacy management processes'' are designed with end of life statuses for records (e.g. cancellation or completion). Therefore, the physical cancellation of records should not be necessary. However, should there be a reason to physically delete a record, this is possible for ''users'' with administrative privileges from the settings management. Go to [[Settings]] for more information on how to deleted specific records.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Field level help ===&lt;br /&gt;
The fields in Privacy Now® screens usually have a field level help. When available, the help is noticed with an information icon (a white i in a small blue circle). Passing and remaining with the mouse on this icon, the system shows a text with some details about the information intended to be inserted in the field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Data Grids ==&lt;br /&gt;
''Data grids'' are complet type of fields where many columns are present, appearing as a grid.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Data_Grids_ENG_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Example of data grid.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Data grids'' are very versatile and they have the following key features:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You can edit multiple cells and save all the changes at a time (with the disk icon in the bottom toolbar)&lt;br /&gt;
* You can change the height of the grid (dragging the bottom right corner of the grid)&lt;br /&gt;
* You change the layout of the grid (column order, column sorting) and save preferences (with the save layout icon in the bottom toolbar)&lt;br /&gt;
* You can select one or more rows (using the left selector bullet) if enabled enabled &lt;br /&gt;
* You can delete one or more rows (select them first, set them with the trash icon and save) if enabled&lt;br /&gt;
* You can use one of the many tools made available in the bottom toolbar&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Data grid can be used to feed fields. If so, ''users'' can be enabled or disabled to update the ''data grid'' content. If the content is updated, '''remember''' to save first (with the toolbar save icon) before selecting and feeding the target field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reports ==&lt;br /&gt;
Available reports are accessible from the left application menu or via command buttons in the records.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A main source for reporting is the export to excel functionality present in all ''views'' of data (see [[How_To#Menus_and_Views|Views]]). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additionally, ''dashboards'' are available (see [[How_To#Dashboards|Dashboards]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Search ==&lt;br /&gt;
Two main mechanisms support the search for record and information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* search tool;&lt;br /&gt;
* views and grid filtering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Search tool ===&lt;br /&gt;
The search tool is positioned in the top right corner of the application and it is shown in the picture below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Search_ENG_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Search tool.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before starting to search, it is necessary to set the search context among one of the possible values: &amp;quot;Text&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Record&amp;quot;. By default, &amp;quot;Record&amp;quot; is set if no value is entered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Record&amp;quot; search context assumes that the ''user'' is trying to access a record directly, by knowing its id (code). Therefore, just enter the id and press enter or the magnifier icon. If the corresponding record exists and the ''user'' has privileges to view it, the system will directly open the record form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Text&amp;quot; search context assumes that the ''user'' is searching a string text. Therefore, just enter the text and press enter or the magnifier icon. The system will present the list of the records where the text is found and the ''user'' will be able to access any by clicking on the list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Views and grid filtering ===&lt;br /&gt;
By accessing and filtering views, it is possible to search and access records. See [[How_To#Menus_and_Views|Views]] for more information.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sottini</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=How_To&amp;diff=799</id>
		<title>How To</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=How_To&amp;diff=799"/>
				<updated>2019-10-31T17:02:09Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sottini: /* Data Grids */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This section of Privacy-Now® guide introduces how to use the main functionalities of the tool.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Dashboards ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:vimeo|&lt;br /&gt;
https://vimeo.com/316809047|800|center|Video tutorial on using ''dashboards''.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Dashboards'' are automatically presented when logging to the system for the first time. The following ''dashboards'' are available:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Privacy Overview&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Access Requests''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Actions''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Audits''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Consents''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Data Breaches''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Issues / Non Conformities''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Privacy Impact Assessments''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Processing Activities''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Risks''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from the Overview ''dashboard'', which presents information from several processes, each ''dashboard'' is dedicated to a ''privacy management process''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Dashboards'' are composed of widgets (see the figure below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dashboard_Widget_ENG_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Example of ''dashboard'' widget.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Widgets are generally configured to be interactive. Clicking on a part of the widget with the left mouse button opens a context menu which presents the following options:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- '''Open Record List''', allowing to open a list of the records which correspond to the result clicked in the widget;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- '''Break Down''', allowing to drill down into the shown dimension;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- '''Back''', allowing to return to the upper dimension from which the drill down was done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the subscribed packaged, ''dashboards'' can be directly created or configured by ''users''. However, the guide to customize them is not included in this wiki.&lt;br /&gt;
Additionally, ''Dashboards'' are continuously improved and clients suggestions are welcome to this aim.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, remember that the trial subscription has limited access to the '''dashboards'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Menus and Views ==&lt;br /&gt;
Menu items are accessible from the left menu bar of the and they may launch functionalities or ''views''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:View_ENG_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Example of ''view''.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''views'' records can be sorted with column headers and paged with paging commands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is also possible to filter data. Pressing on the magnifier icon activates the grid filtering fields. They work logically in AND and they filter the records in ''view''. The '''GO''' command activates the entered criteria and the '''RESET''' command removes them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''PRINT''' prints the selected (using tick boxes column) records cards. A new browser window is opened for each card. '''PRINT LIST''' prints the selected records list. '''EXPORT TO EXCEL''' export the selected data in Excel format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== News ==&lt;br /&gt;
News is a service functionality used by Privacy Now®  staff to publish information about the service. Typical information may be announcements of new features or information on maintenance windows or service issues. News are scrolling titles in the news box positioned after below the left application menu. Just click on a scrolling news to access its detailed content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Records Management ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Create ===&lt;br /&gt;
Creating new records, including ''users'', is done by accessing and navigating the '''''Add New''''' menu item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Add_New_Self_Service_ENG_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Self service area to add new records.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just click on the item you want to create and this opens a dialog box where you can enter the related description or just press '''Create''' to generate a new record. Press ''Close'' to exit without creating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Update ===&lt;br /&gt;
Updating a record can be done immediately after creating it or later when saved. See [[How_To#Search|Search]] section for more information on how to search existing records. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When focused on a record, the command bars allow to save it and additional tasks on the record:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Save''' - simply saves the record;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Save &amp;amp; Exit''' - saves the record and exits from the update form;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Save &amp;amp; Next''' - this command first performs a save and then immediately enables to move the record to the next desired step in the workflow;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Cancel''' - exits from the record without saving (unsaved updates will be lost);&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Reload''' - reloads the record (unsaved updates will be lost);&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Print''' - prints the record;&lt;br /&gt;
* ''' Quick Actions''': enables a context menu showing some shortcuts for commands enabling functionalities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Update_Record_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Record update screen.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When saving, remember to update all mandatory fields which are marked with a red asterisk in the form. If some mandatory content is missing, the system will warn by showing a textual message before the update form where the missing fields are reported. The ''User'' will then have the possibility to update and save again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Save &amp;amp; Next''' command opens a dialog form to choose the workflow transition to perform (and therefore the target status).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SaveNext_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|'''Save&amp;amp;Next''' dialog form.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dialog form, the ''user'' shall select the transition to perform and the command to execute:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Cancel''' - to exit from the form without executing any transition;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Apply''' - to execute the selected transition without saving the record in the destination status (if a reload of the record data is done before saving, the status will remain unchanged);&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Apply &amp;amp; Save''' - to execute the selected transition and save the record in the destination status (if a reload of the record data is done, the status will be the target one).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that the '''Apply &amp;amp; Save''' command won't be enabled if mandatory fields are missing to save the record in the target status. In such a case, use the '''Apply''' command, fill the missing values and then save the record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the ''Save &amp;amp; Next'' dialog box by clicking the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Transition Comment&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; tick box it is possible to enter a comment for the transition (e.g. the reason to perform it) which will be visibile in the history of the record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the ''user'' is lost and doesn't know how to proceed (which are the next posible workflow statuses), the ''Explore Workflow'' command will help by opening the explorer workflow window (see the figure above).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this window, the workflow is graphically presented. Each rectangle represents a workflow status and arrows connect possible transitions. The current status is yellow, the past ones grey, the target ones red (if the ''user'' hasn't privileges on a transition needed to move the record in the target status) or green (if the ''user'' has the privileges to execute a transition moving the record to the target status). The form is interactive:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* the ''user'' can see details about the roles and resources enabled to perform a transition by clicking on the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;details&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; label on the same transition;&lt;br /&gt;
* the ''user'' can recall the ''Save &amp;amp; Next'' dialog box by double clicking with the left mouse button on a green status (this will start the dialog box with a preselected transition).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ''user'' can change directly the record status selecting the target status from the drop down list box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the record, the ''user'' can move to the different content form by using the form selector (see the figure above). Depending on the type of record and the privileges of the 'user'', the visible form are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''General''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - containing the main information of the records;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Attachments''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - allowing to view or manage attachments;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Related Items''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - allowing to view and manage related records (e.g. ''risks'' related to a ''processing activity'');&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Messages''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - allowing to view and manage messages (mails) which will remain related to the record;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''History''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - showing the history of the changes performed for the record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Delete ===&lt;br /&gt;
''Privacy management processes'' are designed with end of life statuses for records (e.g. cancellation or completion). Therefore, the physical cancellation of records should not be necessary. However, should there be a reason to physically delete a record, this is possible for ''users'' with administrative privileges from the settings management. Go to [[Settings]] for more information on how to deleted specific records.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Field level help ===&lt;br /&gt;
The fields in Privacy Now® screens usually have a field level help. When available, the help is noticed with an information icon (a white i in a small blue circle). Passing and remaining with the mouse on this icon, the system shows a text with some details about the information intended to be inserted in the field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Data Grids ==&lt;br /&gt;
''Data grids'' are complet type of fields where many columns are present, appearing as a grid.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Data_Grids_ENG_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Search tool.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Data grids'' are very versatile and they have the following key features:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You can edit multiple cells and save all the changes at a time (with the disk icon in the bottom toolbar)&lt;br /&gt;
* You can change the height of the grid (dragging the bottom right corner of the grid)&lt;br /&gt;
* You change the layout of the grid (column order, column sorting) and save preferences (with the save layout icon in the bottom toolbar)&lt;br /&gt;
* You can select one or more rows (using the left selector bullet) if enabled enabled &lt;br /&gt;
* You can delete one or more rows (select them first, set them with the trash icon and save) if enabled&lt;br /&gt;
* You can use one of the many tools made available in the bottom toolbar&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reports ==&lt;br /&gt;
Available reports are accessible from the left application menu or via command buttons in the records.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A main source for reporting is the export to excel functionality present in all ''views'' of data (see [[How_To#Menus_and_Views|Views]]). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additionally, ''dashboards'' are available (see [[How_To#Dashboards|Dashboards]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Search ==&lt;br /&gt;
Two main mechanisms support the search for record and information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* search tool;&lt;br /&gt;
* views and grid filtering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Search tool ===&lt;br /&gt;
The search tool is positioned in the top right corner of the application and it is shown in the picture below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Search_ENG_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Search tool.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before starting to search, it is necessary to set the search context among one of the possible values: &amp;quot;Text&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Record&amp;quot;. By default, &amp;quot;Record&amp;quot; is set if no value is entered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Record&amp;quot; search context assumes that the ''user'' is trying to access a record directly, by knowing its id (code). Therefore, just enter the id and press enter or the magnifier icon. If the corresponding record exists and the ''user'' has privileges to view it, the system will directly open the record form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Text&amp;quot; search context assumes that the ''user'' is searching a string text. Therefore, just enter the text and press enter or the magnifier icon. The system will present the list of the records where the text is found and the ''user'' will be able to access any by clicking on the list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Views and grid filtering ===&lt;br /&gt;
By accessing and filtering views, it is possible to search and access records. See [[How_To#Menus_and_Views|Views]] for more information.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sottini</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=How_To&amp;diff=798</id>
		<title>How To</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=How_To&amp;diff=798"/>
				<updated>2019-10-31T16:52:44Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sottini: /* Data Grids */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This section of Privacy-Now® guide introduces how to use the main functionalities of the tool.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Dashboards ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:vimeo|&lt;br /&gt;
https://vimeo.com/316809047|800|center|Video tutorial on using ''dashboards''.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Dashboards'' are automatically presented when logging to the system for the first time. The following ''dashboards'' are available:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Privacy Overview&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Access Requests''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Actions''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Audits''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Consents''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Data Breaches''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Issues / Non Conformities''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Privacy Impact Assessments''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Processing Activities''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Risks''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from the Overview ''dashboard'', which presents information from several processes, each ''dashboard'' is dedicated to a ''privacy management process''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Dashboards'' are composed of widgets (see the figure below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dashboard_Widget_ENG_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Example of ''dashboard'' widget.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Widgets are generally configured to be interactive. Clicking on a part of the widget with the left mouse button opens a context menu which presents the following options:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- '''Open Record List''', allowing to open a list of the records which correspond to the result clicked in the widget;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- '''Break Down''', allowing to drill down into the shown dimension;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- '''Back''', allowing to return to the upper dimension from which the drill down was done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the subscribed packaged, ''dashboards'' can be directly created or configured by ''users''. However, the guide to customize them is not included in this wiki.&lt;br /&gt;
Additionally, ''Dashboards'' are continuously improved and clients suggestions are welcome to this aim.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, remember that the trial subscription has limited access to the '''dashboards'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Menus and Views ==&lt;br /&gt;
Menu items are accessible from the left menu bar of the and they may launch functionalities or ''views''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:View_ENG_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Example of ''view''.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''views'' records can be sorted with column headers and paged with paging commands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is also possible to filter data. Pressing on the magnifier icon activates the grid filtering fields. They work logically in AND and they filter the records in ''view''. The '''GO''' command activates the entered criteria and the '''RESET''' command removes them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''PRINT''' prints the selected (using tick boxes column) records cards. A new browser window is opened for each card. '''PRINT LIST''' prints the selected records list. '''EXPORT TO EXCEL''' export the selected data in Excel format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== News ==&lt;br /&gt;
News is a service functionality used by Privacy Now®  staff to publish information about the service. Typical information may be announcements of new features or information on maintenance windows or service issues. News are scrolling titles in the news box positioned after below the left application menu. Just click on a scrolling news to access its detailed content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Records Management ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Create ===&lt;br /&gt;
Creating new records, including ''users'', is done by accessing and navigating the '''''Add New''''' menu item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Add_New_Self_Service_ENG_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Self service area to add new records.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just click on the item you want to create and this opens a dialog box where you can enter the related description or just press '''Create''' to generate a new record. Press ''Close'' to exit without creating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Update ===&lt;br /&gt;
Updating a record can be done immediately after creating it or later when saved. See [[How_To#Search|Search]] section for more information on how to search existing records. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When focused on a record, the command bars allow to save it and additional tasks on the record:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Save''' - simply saves the record;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Save &amp;amp; Exit''' - saves the record and exits from the update form;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Save &amp;amp; Next''' - this command first performs a save and then immediately enables to move the record to the next desired step in the workflow;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Cancel''' - exits from the record without saving (unsaved updates will be lost);&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Reload''' - reloads the record (unsaved updates will be lost);&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Print''' - prints the record;&lt;br /&gt;
* ''' Quick Actions''': enables a context menu showing some shortcuts for commands enabling functionalities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Update_Record_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Record update screen.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When saving, remember to update all mandatory fields which are marked with a red asterisk in the form. If some mandatory content is missing, the system will warn by showing a textual message before the update form where the missing fields are reported. The ''User'' will then have the possibility to update and save again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Save &amp;amp; Next''' command opens a dialog form to choose the workflow transition to perform (and therefore the target status).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SaveNext_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|'''Save&amp;amp;Next''' dialog form.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dialog form, the ''user'' shall select the transition to perform and the command to execute:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Cancel''' - to exit from the form without executing any transition;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Apply''' - to execute the selected transition without saving the record in the destination status (if a reload of the record data is done before saving, the status will remain unchanged);&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Apply &amp;amp; Save''' - to execute the selected transition and save the record in the destination status (if a reload of the record data is done, the status will be the target one).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that the '''Apply &amp;amp; Save''' command won't be enabled if mandatory fields are missing to save the record in the target status. In such a case, use the '''Apply''' command, fill the missing values and then save the record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the ''Save &amp;amp; Next'' dialog box by clicking the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Transition Comment&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; tick box it is possible to enter a comment for the transition (e.g. the reason to perform it) which will be visibile in the history of the record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the ''user'' is lost and doesn't know how to proceed (which are the next posible workflow statuses), the ''Explore Workflow'' command will help by opening the explorer workflow window (see the figure above).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this window, the workflow is graphically presented. Each rectangle represents a workflow status and arrows connect possible transitions. The current status is yellow, the past ones grey, the target ones red (if the ''user'' hasn't privileges on a transition needed to move the record in the target status) or green (if the ''user'' has the privileges to execute a transition moving the record to the target status). The form is interactive:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* the ''user'' can see details about the roles and resources enabled to perform a transition by clicking on the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;details&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; label on the same transition;&lt;br /&gt;
* the ''user'' can recall the ''Save &amp;amp; Next'' dialog box by double clicking with the left mouse button on a green status (this will start the dialog box with a preselected transition).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ''user'' can change directly the record status selecting the target status from the drop down list box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the record, the ''user'' can move to the different content form by using the form selector (see the figure above). Depending on the type of record and the privileges of the 'user'', the visible form are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''General''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - containing the main information of the records;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Attachments''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - allowing to view or manage attachments;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Related Items''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - allowing to view and manage related records (e.g. ''risks'' related to a ''processing activity'');&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Messages''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - allowing to view and manage messages (mails) which will remain related to the record;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''History''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - showing the history of the changes performed for the record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Delete ===&lt;br /&gt;
''Privacy management processes'' are designed with end of life statuses for records (e.g. cancellation or completion). Therefore, the physical cancellation of records should not be necessary. However, should there be a reason to physically delete a record, this is possible for ''users'' with administrative privileges from the settings management. Go to [[Settings]] for more information on how to deleted specific records.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Field level help ===&lt;br /&gt;
The fields in Privacy Now® screens usually have a field level help. When available, the help is noticed with an information icon (a white i in a small blue circle). Passing and remaining with the mouse on this icon, the system shows a text with some details about the information intended to be inserted in the field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Data Grids ==&lt;br /&gt;
''Data grids'' are complet type of fields where many columns are present, appearing as a grid.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Data_Grids_ENG_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Search tool.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Data grids'' are very versatile and they have the following key features:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reports ==&lt;br /&gt;
Available reports are accessible from the left application menu or via command buttons in the records.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A main source for reporting is the export to excel functionality present in all ''views'' of data (see [[How_To#Menus_and_Views|Views]]). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additionally, ''dashboards'' are available (see [[How_To#Dashboards|Dashboards]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Search ==&lt;br /&gt;
Two main mechanisms support the search for record and information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* search tool;&lt;br /&gt;
* views and grid filtering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Search tool ===&lt;br /&gt;
The search tool is positioned in the top right corner of the application and it is shown in the picture below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Search_ENG_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Search tool.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before starting to search, it is necessary to set the search context among one of the possible values: &amp;quot;Text&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Record&amp;quot;. By default, &amp;quot;Record&amp;quot; is set if no value is entered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Record&amp;quot; search context assumes that the ''user'' is trying to access a record directly, by knowing its id (code). Therefore, just enter the id and press enter or the magnifier icon. If the corresponding record exists and the ''user'' has privileges to view it, the system will directly open the record form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Text&amp;quot; search context assumes that the ''user'' is searching a string text. Therefore, just enter the text and press enter or the magnifier icon. The system will present the list of the records where the text is found and the ''user'' will be able to access any by clicking on the list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Views and grid filtering ===&lt;br /&gt;
By accessing and filtering views, it is possible to search and access records. See [[How_To#Menus_and_Views|Views]] for more information.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sottini</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=File:Data_Grids_ENG_v1.0.JPG&amp;diff=797</id>
		<title>File:Data Grids ENG v1.0.JPG</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=File:Data_Grids_ENG_v1.0.JPG&amp;diff=797"/>
				<updated>2019-10-31T16:52:18Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sottini: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sottini</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=How_To&amp;diff=796</id>
		<title>How To</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=How_To&amp;diff=796"/>
				<updated>2019-10-31T16:45:47Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sottini: /* Data Grids */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This section of Privacy-Now® guide introduces how to use the main functionalities of the tool.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Dashboards ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:vimeo|&lt;br /&gt;
https://vimeo.com/316809047|800|center|Video tutorial on using ''dashboards''.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Dashboards'' are automatically presented when logging to the system for the first time. The following ''dashboards'' are available:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Privacy Overview&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Access Requests''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Actions''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Audits''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Consents''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Data Breaches''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Issues / Non Conformities''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Privacy Impact Assessments''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Processing Activities''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Risks''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from the Overview ''dashboard'', which presents information from several processes, each ''dashboard'' is dedicated to a ''privacy management process''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Dashboards'' are composed of widgets (see the figure below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dashboard_Widget_ENG_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Example of ''dashboard'' widget.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Widgets are generally configured to be interactive. Clicking on a part of the widget with the left mouse button opens a context menu which presents the following options:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- '''Open Record List''', allowing to open a list of the records which correspond to the result clicked in the widget;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- '''Break Down''', allowing to drill down into the shown dimension;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- '''Back''', allowing to return to the upper dimension from which the drill down was done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the subscribed packaged, ''dashboards'' can be directly created or configured by ''users''. However, the guide to customize them is not included in this wiki.&lt;br /&gt;
Additionally, ''Dashboards'' are continuously improved and clients suggestions are welcome to this aim.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, remember that the trial subscription has limited access to the '''dashboards'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Menus and Views ==&lt;br /&gt;
Menu items are accessible from the left menu bar of the and they may launch functionalities or ''views''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:View_ENG_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Example of ''view''.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''views'' records can be sorted with column headers and paged with paging commands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is also possible to filter data. Pressing on the magnifier icon activates the grid filtering fields. They work logically in AND and they filter the records in ''view''. The '''GO''' command activates the entered criteria and the '''RESET''' command removes them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''PRINT''' prints the selected (using tick boxes column) records cards. A new browser window is opened for each card. '''PRINT LIST''' prints the selected records list. '''EXPORT TO EXCEL''' export the selected data in Excel format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== News ==&lt;br /&gt;
News is a service functionality used by Privacy Now®  staff to publish information about the service. Typical information may be announcements of new features or information on maintenance windows or service issues. News are scrolling titles in the news box positioned after below the left application menu. Just click on a scrolling news to access its detailed content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Records Management ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Create ===&lt;br /&gt;
Creating new records, including ''users'', is done by accessing and navigating the '''''Add New''''' menu item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Add_New_Self_Service_ENG_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Self service area to add new records.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just click on the item you want to create and this opens a dialog box where you can enter the related description or just press '''Create''' to generate a new record. Press ''Close'' to exit without creating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Update ===&lt;br /&gt;
Updating a record can be done immediately after creating it or later when saved. See [[How_To#Search|Search]] section for more information on how to search existing records. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When focused on a record, the command bars allow to save it and additional tasks on the record:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Save''' - simply saves the record;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Save &amp;amp; Exit''' - saves the record and exits from the update form;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Save &amp;amp; Next''' - this command first performs a save and then immediately enables to move the record to the next desired step in the workflow;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Cancel''' - exits from the record without saving (unsaved updates will be lost);&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Reload''' - reloads the record (unsaved updates will be lost);&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Print''' - prints the record;&lt;br /&gt;
* ''' Quick Actions''': enables a context menu showing some shortcuts for commands enabling functionalities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Update_Record_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Record update screen.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When saving, remember to update all mandatory fields which are marked with a red asterisk in the form. If some mandatory content is missing, the system will warn by showing a textual message before the update form where the missing fields are reported. The ''User'' will then have the possibility to update and save again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Save &amp;amp; Next''' command opens a dialog form to choose the workflow transition to perform (and therefore the target status).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SaveNext_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|'''Save&amp;amp;Next''' dialog form.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dialog form, the ''user'' shall select the transition to perform and the command to execute:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Cancel''' - to exit from the form without executing any transition;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Apply''' - to execute the selected transition without saving the record in the destination status (if a reload of the record data is done before saving, the status will remain unchanged);&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Apply &amp;amp; Save''' - to execute the selected transition and save the record in the destination status (if a reload of the record data is done, the status will be the target one).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that the '''Apply &amp;amp; Save''' command won't be enabled if mandatory fields are missing to save the record in the target status. In such a case, use the '''Apply''' command, fill the missing values and then save the record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the ''Save &amp;amp; Next'' dialog box by clicking the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Transition Comment&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; tick box it is possible to enter a comment for the transition (e.g. the reason to perform it) which will be visibile in the history of the record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the ''user'' is lost and doesn't know how to proceed (which are the next posible workflow statuses), the ''Explore Workflow'' command will help by opening the explorer workflow window (see the figure above).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this window, the workflow is graphically presented. Each rectangle represents a workflow status and arrows connect possible transitions. The current status is yellow, the past ones grey, the target ones red (if the ''user'' hasn't privileges on a transition needed to move the record in the target status) or green (if the ''user'' has the privileges to execute a transition moving the record to the target status). The form is interactive:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* the ''user'' can see details about the roles and resources enabled to perform a transition by clicking on the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;details&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; label on the same transition;&lt;br /&gt;
* the ''user'' can recall the ''Save &amp;amp; Next'' dialog box by double clicking with the left mouse button on a green status (this will start the dialog box with a preselected transition).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ''user'' can change directly the record status selecting the target status from the drop down list box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the record, the ''user'' can move to the different content form by using the form selector (see the figure above). Depending on the type of record and the privileges of the 'user'', the visible form are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''General''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - containing the main information of the records;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Attachments''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - allowing to view or manage attachments;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Related Items''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - allowing to view and manage related records (e.g. ''risks'' related to a ''processing activity'');&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Messages''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - allowing to view and manage messages (mails) which will remain related to the record;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''History''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - showing the history of the changes performed for the record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Delete ===&lt;br /&gt;
''Privacy management processes'' are designed with end of life statuses for records (e.g. cancellation or completion). Therefore, the physical cancellation of records should not be necessary. However, should there be a reason to physically delete a record, this is possible for ''users'' with administrative privileges from the settings management. Go to [[Settings]] for more information on how to deleted specific records.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Field level help ===&lt;br /&gt;
The fields in Privacy Now® screens usually have a field level help. When available, the help is noticed with an information icon (a white i in a small blue circle). Passing and remaining with the mouse on this icon, the system shows a text with some details about the information intended to be inserted in the field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Data Grids ==&lt;br /&gt;
''Data grids'' are complet type of fields where many columns are present, appearing as a grid.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Search_ENG_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Search tool.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Data grids'' are very versatile and they have the following key features:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reports ==&lt;br /&gt;
Available reports are accessible from the left application menu or via command buttons in the records.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A main source for reporting is the export to excel functionality present in all ''views'' of data (see [[How_To#Menus_and_Views|Views]]). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additionally, ''dashboards'' are available (see [[How_To#Dashboards|Dashboards]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Search ==&lt;br /&gt;
Two main mechanisms support the search for record and information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* search tool;&lt;br /&gt;
* views and grid filtering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Search tool ===&lt;br /&gt;
The search tool is positioned in the top right corner of the application and it is shown in the picture below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Search_ENG_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Search tool.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before starting to search, it is necessary to set the search context among one of the possible values: &amp;quot;Text&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Record&amp;quot;. By default, &amp;quot;Record&amp;quot; is set if no value is entered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Record&amp;quot; search context assumes that the ''user'' is trying to access a record directly, by knowing its id (code). Therefore, just enter the id and press enter or the magnifier icon. If the corresponding record exists and the ''user'' has privileges to view it, the system will directly open the record form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Text&amp;quot; search context assumes that the ''user'' is searching a string text. Therefore, just enter the text and press enter or the magnifier icon. The system will present the list of the records where the text is found and the ''user'' will be able to access any by clicking on the list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Views and grid filtering ===&lt;br /&gt;
By accessing and filtering views, it is possible to search and access records. See [[How_To#Menus_and_Views|Views]] for more information.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sottini</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=How_To&amp;diff=795</id>
		<title>How To</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=How_To&amp;diff=795"/>
				<updated>2019-10-31T16:44:25Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sottini: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This section of Privacy-Now® guide introduces how to use the main functionalities of the tool.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Dashboards ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:vimeo|&lt;br /&gt;
https://vimeo.com/316809047|800|center|Video tutorial on using ''dashboards''.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Dashboards'' are automatically presented when logging to the system for the first time. The following ''dashboards'' are available:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Privacy Overview&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Access Requests''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Actions''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Audits''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Consents''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Data Breaches''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Issues / Non Conformities''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Privacy Impact Assessments''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Processing Activities''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Risks''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from the Overview ''dashboard'', which presents information from several processes, each ''dashboard'' is dedicated to a ''privacy management process''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Dashboards'' are composed of widgets (see the figure below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dashboard_Widget_ENG_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Example of ''dashboard'' widget.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Widgets are generally configured to be interactive. Clicking on a part of the widget with the left mouse button opens a context menu which presents the following options:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- '''Open Record List''', allowing to open a list of the records which correspond to the result clicked in the widget;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- '''Break Down''', allowing to drill down into the shown dimension;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- '''Back''', allowing to return to the upper dimension from which the drill down was done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the subscribed packaged, ''dashboards'' can be directly created or configured by ''users''. However, the guide to customize them is not included in this wiki.&lt;br /&gt;
Additionally, ''Dashboards'' are continuously improved and clients suggestions are welcome to this aim.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, remember that the trial subscription has limited access to the '''dashboards'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Menus and Views ==&lt;br /&gt;
Menu items are accessible from the left menu bar of the and they may launch functionalities or ''views''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:View_ENG_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Example of ''view''.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''views'' records can be sorted with column headers and paged with paging commands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is also possible to filter data. Pressing on the magnifier icon activates the grid filtering fields. They work logically in AND and they filter the records in ''view''. The '''GO''' command activates the entered criteria and the '''RESET''' command removes them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''PRINT''' prints the selected (using tick boxes column) records cards. A new browser window is opened for each card. '''PRINT LIST''' prints the selected records list. '''EXPORT TO EXCEL''' export the selected data in Excel format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== News ==&lt;br /&gt;
News is a service functionality used by Privacy Now®  staff to publish information about the service. Typical information may be announcements of new features or information on maintenance windows or service issues. News are scrolling titles in the news box positioned after below the left application menu. Just click on a scrolling news to access its detailed content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Records Management ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Create ===&lt;br /&gt;
Creating new records, including ''users'', is done by accessing and navigating the '''''Add New''''' menu item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Add_New_Self_Service_ENG_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Self service area to add new records.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just click on the item you want to create and this opens a dialog box where you can enter the related description or just press '''Create''' to generate a new record. Press ''Close'' to exit without creating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Update ===&lt;br /&gt;
Updating a record can be done immediately after creating it or later when saved. See [[How_To#Search|Search]] section for more information on how to search existing records. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When focused on a record, the command bars allow to save it and additional tasks on the record:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Save''' - simply saves the record;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Save &amp;amp; Exit''' - saves the record and exits from the update form;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Save &amp;amp; Next''' - this command first performs a save and then immediately enables to move the record to the next desired step in the workflow;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Cancel''' - exits from the record without saving (unsaved updates will be lost);&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Reload''' - reloads the record (unsaved updates will be lost);&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Print''' - prints the record;&lt;br /&gt;
* ''' Quick Actions''': enables a context menu showing some shortcuts for commands enabling functionalities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Update_Record_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Record update screen.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When saving, remember to update all mandatory fields which are marked with a red asterisk in the form. If some mandatory content is missing, the system will warn by showing a textual message before the update form where the missing fields are reported. The ''User'' will then have the possibility to update and save again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Save &amp;amp; Next''' command opens a dialog form to choose the workflow transition to perform (and therefore the target status).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SaveNext_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|'''Save&amp;amp;Next''' dialog form.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dialog form, the ''user'' shall select the transition to perform and the command to execute:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Cancel''' - to exit from the form without executing any transition;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Apply''' - to execute the selected transition without saving the record in the destination status (if a reload of the record data is done before saving, the status will remain unchanged);&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Apply &amp;amp; Save''' - to execute the selected transition and save the record in the destination status (if a reload of the record data is done, the status will be the target one).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that the '''Apply &amp;amp; Save''' command won't be enabled if mandatory fields are missing to save the record in the target status. In such a case, use the '''Apply''' command, fill the missing values and then save the record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the ''Save &amp;amp; Next'' dialog box by clicking the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Transition Comment&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; tick box it is possible to enter a comment for the transition (e.g. the reason to perform it) which will be visibile in the history of the record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the ''user'' is lost and doesn't know how to proceed (which are the next posible workflow statuses), the ''Explore Workflow'' command will help by opening the explorer workflow window (see the figure above).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this window, the workflow is graphically presented. Each rectangle represents a workflow status and arrows connect possible transitions. The current status is yellow, the past ones grey, the target ones red (if the ''user'' hasn't privileges on a transition needed to move the record in the target status) or green (if the ''user'' has the privileges to execute a transition moving the record to the target status). The form is interactive:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* the ''user'' can see details about the roles and resources enabled to perform a transition by clicking on the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;details&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; label on the same transition;&lt;br /&gt;
* the ''user'' can recall the ''Save &amp;amp; Next'' dialog box by double clicking with the left mouse button on a green status (this will start the dialog box with a preselected transition).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ''user'' can change directly the record status selecting the target status from the drop down list box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the record, the ''user'' can move to the different content form by using the form selector (see the figure above). Depending on the type of record and the privileges of the 'user'', the visible form are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''General''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - containing the main information of the records;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Attachments''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - allowing to view or manage attachments;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Related Items''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - allowing to view and manage related records (e.g. ''risks'' related to a ''processing activity'');&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Messages''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - allowing to view and manage messages (mails) which will remain related to the record;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''History''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - showing the history of the changes performed for the record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Delete ===&lt;br /&gt;
''Privacy management processes'' are designed with end of life statuses for records (e.g. cancellation or completion). Therefore, the physical cancellation of records should not be necessary. However, should there be a reason to physically delete a record, this is possible for ''users'' with administrative privileges from the settings management. Go to [[Settings]] for more information on how to deleted specific records.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Field level help ===&lt;br /&gt;
The fields in Privacy Now® screens usually have a field level help. When available, the help is noticed with an information icon (a white i in a small blue circle). Passing and remaining with the mouse on this icon, the system shows a text with some details about the information intended to be inserted in the field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Data Grids ==&lt;br /&gt;
''Data grids'' are complet type of fields where many columns are present, appearing as a grid. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reports ==&lt;br /&gt;
Available reports are accessible from the left application menu or via command buttons in the records.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A main source for reporting is the export to excel functionality present in all ''views'' of data (see [[How_To#Menus_and_Views|Views]]). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additionally, ''dashboards'' are available (see [[How_To#Dashboards|Dashboards]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Search ==&lt;br /&gt;
Two main mechanisms support the search for record and information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* search tool;&lt;br /&gt;
* views and grid filtering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Search tool ===&lt;br /&gt;
The search tool is positioned in the top right corner of the application and it is shown in the picture below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Search_ENG_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Search tool.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before starting to search, it is necessary to set the search context among one of the possible values: &amp;quot;Text&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Record&amp;quot;. By default, &amp;quot;Record&amp;quot; is set if no value is entered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Record&amp;quot; search context assumes that the ''user'' is trying to access a record directly, by knowing its id (code). Therefore, just enter the id and press enter or the magnifier icon. If the corresponding record exists and the ''user'' has privileges to view it, the system will directly open the record form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Text&amp;quot; search context assumes that the ''user'' is searching a string text. Therefore, just enter the text and press enter or the magnifier icon. The system will present the list of the records where the text is found and the ''user'' will be able to access any by clicking on the list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Views and grid filtering ===&lt;br /&gt;
By accessing and filtering views, it is possible to search and access records. See [[How_To#Menus_and_Views|Views]] for more information.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sottini</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=Controllers_/_Processors&amp;diff=794</id>
		<title>Controllers / Processors</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=Controllers_/_Processors&amp;diff=794"/>
				<updated>2019-10-31T16:40:42Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sottini: Created page with &amp;quot;== Introduction to Access Requests == ''Controllers / Processors'' is not really a process as many others. With this functionality, Privacy-Now® basically allows to manage th...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction to Access Requests ==&lt;br /&gt;
''Controllers / Processors'' is not really a process as many others. With this functionality, Privacy-Now® basically allows to manage the master data concerning ''Data Controllers'' and ''Data Processors''.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sottini</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=MediaWiki:Sidebar&amp;diff=793</id>
		<title>MediaWiki:Sidebar</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=MediaWiki:Sidebar&amp;diff=793"/>
				<updated>2019-10-31T16:36:55Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sottini: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;* SEARCH&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* APPLICATION&lt;br /&gt;
** Quick Start|Quick Start&lt;br /&gt;
** How To|How To&lt;br /&gt;
** Settings|Settings&lt;br /&gt;
** Subscriptions|Subscriptions&lt;br /&gt;
** Users &amp;amp; Groups|Users &amp;amp; Groups&lt;br /&gt;
** Frequently Asked Questions|Frequently Asked Questions&lt;br /&gt;
** Disclaimers|Disclaimers&lt;br /&gt;
** Terms &amp;amp; Conditions of Use|Terms &amp;amp; Conditions of Use&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* PROCESS GUIDES&lt;br /&gt;
** Access Requests|Rights Requests&lt;br /&gt;
** Actions|Actions&lt;br /&gt;
** Appointees|Appointees&lt;br /&gt;
** Appointments|Appointments&lt;br /&gt;
** Asset Management|Asset Management&lt;br /&gt;
** Audits|Audits&lt;br /&gt;
** Consents|Consents&lt;br /&gt;
** Controllers / Processors|Controllers / Processors&lt;br /&gt;
** Data Breaches|Data Breaches&lt;br /&gt;
** Distribution Lists|Distribution Lists&lt;br /&gt;
** Interfaces|Interfaces&lt;br /&gt;
** Issues &amp;amp; Non Conformities|Issues &amp;amp; Non Conformities&lt;br /&gt;
** Knowledge Items|Knowledge Items&lt;br /&gt;
** Privacy Impact Assessments|Privacy Impact Assessments&lt;br /&gt;
** Privacy Policies|Privacy Policies&lt;br /&gt;
** Processing Activities|Processing Activities&lt;br /&gt;
** Rights Requests|Rights Requests&lt;br /&gt;
** Risks|Risks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* REPORTS&lt;br /&gt;
** Processing Activities card | Processing Activities Report&lt;br /&gt;
** Register of Processing Operations | Register of Processing Operations&lt;br /&gt;
** Privacy Policy | Privacy Policy&lt;br /&gt;
** Privacy Impact Assessments card | Privacy Impact Assessment Report&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* GLOSSARY &amp;amp; READING CONVENTIONS&lt;br /&gt;
** Glossary|Glossary&lt;br /&gt;
** Reading conventions|Reading conventions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* PRINT&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* SUPPORT&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* TOOLBOX&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* LANGUAGES&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sottini</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=MediaWiki:Sidebar&amp;diff=792</id>
		<title>MediaWiki:Sidebar</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=MediaWiki:Sidebar&amp;diff=792"/>
				<updated>2019-10-31T16:35:35Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sottini: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;* SEARCH&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* APPLICATION&lt;br /&gt;
** Quick Start|Quick Start&lt;br /&gt;
** How To|How To&lt;br /&gt;
** Settings|Settings&lt;br /&gt;
** Subscriptions|Subscriptions&lt;br /&gt;
** Users &amp;amp; Groups|Users &amp;amp; Groups&lt;br /&gt;
** Frequently Asked Questions|Frequently Asked Questions&lt;br /&gt;
** Disclaimers|Disclaimers&lt;br /&gt;
** Terms &amp;amp; Conditions of Use|Terms &amp;amp; Conditions of Use&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* PROCESS GUIDES&lt;br /&gt;
** Access Requests|Rights Requests&lt;br /&gt;
** Actions|Actions&lt;br /&gt;
** Appointees|Appointees&lt;br /&gt;
** Appointments|Appointments&lt;br /&gt;
** Asset Management|Asset Management&lt;br /&gt;
** Audits|Audits&lt;br /&gt;
** Consents|Consents&lt;br /&gt;
** Data Breaches|Data Breaches&lt;br /&gt;
** Distribution Lists|Distribution Lists&lt;br /&gt;
** Interfaces|Interfaces&lt;br /&gt;
** Issues &amp;amp; Non Conformities|Issues &amp;amp; Non Conformities&lt;br /&gt;
** Knowledge Items|Knowledge Items&lt;br /&gt;
** Privacy Impact Assessments|Privacy Impact Assessments&lt;br /&gt;
** Privacy Policies|Privacy Policies&lt;br /&gt;
** Processing Activities|Processing Activities&lt;br /&gt;
** Rights Requests|Rights Requests&lt;br /&gt;
** Risks|Risks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* REPORTS&lt;br /&gt;
** Processing Activities card | Processing Activities Report&lt;br /&gt;
** Register of Processing Operations | Register of Processing Operations&lt;br /&gt;
** Privacy Policy | Privacy Policy&lt;br /&gt;
** Privacy Impact Assessments card | Privacy Impact Assessment Report&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* GLOSSARY &amp;amp; READING CONVENTIONS&lt;br /&gt;
** Glossary|Glossary&lt;br /&gt;
** Reading conventions|Reading conventions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* PRINT&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* SUPPORT&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* TOOLBOX&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* LANGUAGES&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sottini</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=Settings&amp;diff=791</id>
		<title>Settings</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=Settings&amp;diff=791"/>
				<updated>2019-10-31T16:27:51Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sottini: /* Master data */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
This part of the guide covers some fundamental settings which are needed to work with Privacy Now®:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Master data&lt;br /&gt;
* Application settings&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Master data ==&lt;br /&gt;
Master data tables contain the sources data of the fields using single or multi choice options.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Master data tables are preloaded with initial values when the environment is initially created. These values can be later changed by ''users'' with the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Admin&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; field set to &amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Editing of master data table can be done from the left menu '''''Settings/Data Sets''''' or directing from the records using the fields based on the master data (in both cases if the ''user'' has the required privileges).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The table below lists the master data tables and provides a short description of their content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Access menu !! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''''Settings/Data Sets/Access Requests/Access Requests Types'''''|| The types of ''access requests'', e.g. &amp;quot;Personal data deletion&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''''Settings/Data Sets/Access Requests/Communication Channels'''''|| The communication channels used to acquire the ''access request'', e.g. &amp;quot;email&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''''Settings/Data Sets/Access Requests/Results Notification Methods'''''|| The communication channels to be used to communicate the results of an ''access request'', e.g. &amp;quot;email&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''''Settings/Data Sets/Access Requests/Data Subject Types'''''|| The type of subject requesting the ''access request'', e.g. &amp;quot;employee&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''''Settings/Data Sets/Access Requests/Relationships to Data Subjects'''''|| The type of relationship between the access request requester and the data subject representative, if any, for example &amp;quot;family relationship&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''''Settings/Data Sets/Access Request/Access Request Warning Schedule'''''|| This data set enable the ''user'' to set the plan the sent of warning mail.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''''Settings/Data Sets/Actions/Action Type'''''|| The type of action, for example &amp;quot;corrective&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''''Settings/Data Sets/Consents/Consent Types'''''|| The type of the consent, for example the consent to send a newsletter. This table is very likely to be updated.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''''Settings/Data Sets/Consents/Consent Sources'''''|| The source of ''consent''. Could be a website name or the name of the company.  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''''Settings/Data Sets/Consents/Consent Subjects'''''|| The subject giving the consent, typically a person.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''''Settings/Data Sets/Consents/Consent Matching Mail'''''|| The email address of the recipient where the consent is sent. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''''Settings/Data Sets/Data Breaches/Affected Personal Data Categories'''''|| The categories of subjects whose ''personal data'' are treated during the ''data breach'', for example &amp;quot;employees master data&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''''Settings/Data Sets/Data Breaches/Data Breach Warning Schedule'''''|| This data set enable the ''user'' to set the plan the sent of warning mail. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''''Settings/Data Sets/Data Breaches/Authority Warning Schedule'''''|| This data set enable the ''user'' to set the plan the sent of warning mail to the Authority.  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''''Settings/Data Sets/Data Breaches/Type of Breaches'''''|| Identify the type of Breaches , for example &amp;quot;Security Breach&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''''Settings/Data Sets/Issues / Non Conformities/Issue Types'''''|| The type of issue, i.e. an &amp;quot;issue&amp;quot; or a &amp;quot;non conformity&amp;quot;. These values are unlikely to be modified.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''''Settings/Data Sets/Privacy Impact Assessments/PIA Reference Period'''''|| Th timeframe to which the privacy impact assessment refers to, for example &amp;quot;2018 Q4&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''''Settings/Data Sets/Processing Activities/Access Applications'''''|| The applications which may be used to access ''personal data'', for example &amp;quot;web browsers&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''''Settings/Data Sets/Processing Activities/Access Connections'''''|| The connections which may be used when accessing ''personal data'', for example &amp;quot;internet&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''''Settings/Data Sets/Processing Activities/Access Devices''''' || The devices which may be used when accessing ''personal data'', for example &amp;quot;personal computer&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''''Settings/Data Sets/Processing Activities/Applicable Regulations''''' || The regulation applicable to the processing activity.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''''Settings/Data Sets/Processing Activities/Concerned Business Processes''''' || Processes concerned by this processing activity.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''''Settings/Data Sets/Processing Activities/Data Locations'''''|| The locations where the ''personal data'' can be stored during their processing, for example &amp;quot;New York data centre&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''''Settings/Data Sets/Processing Activities/Data Processing Purposes'''''|| The purposes of data processing, for example &amp;quot;marketing activities&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''''Settings/Data Sets/Processing Activities/Data Repositories'''''|| The type of data repositories where ''personal data'' are stored during the ''processing activities'', for example a specific SQL database server.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''''Settings/Data Sets/Processing Activities/Data Subjects'''''|| The types of data subjects whose ''personal data'' are treated during the ''processing activities'' or declared in ''Data Breach'', for example &amp;quot;clients&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''''Settings/Data Sets/Processing Activities/Data Types'''''|| The types of data, e.g. identification or judicial data, which are processed during the ''processing activities''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''''Settings/Data Sets/Processing Activities/Extra EU Measures'''''|| The types of measures in place to mitigate the risks of extra EU ''processing activities'', e.g. a &amp;quot;code of conduct&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''''Settings/Data Sets/Processing Activities/Lawful Basis for Processing'''''|| The lawful basis on which the processing of ''personal data'' is authorized, e.g. &amp;quot;legal obligations&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''''Settings/Data Sets/Processing Activities/Processing Activities'''''|| The types of ''processing activities'' performed during the processing of ''personal data'', e.g. collection, adaptation, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''''Settings/Data Sets/Processing Activities/Provision Agreements'''''|| The type of provision agreement with the suppliers of data repository tools, access applications, access devices, connectivity, for example a &amp;quot;software as a service&amp;quot; agreement.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''''Settings/Data Sets/Processing Activities/Retention Periods'''''|| The possible retention periods for the ''personal data'' which is processed, for example 10 years.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''''Settings/Data Sets/Processing Activities/Special Data Categoris'''''|| The special data treated by a ''Processing Activity''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''''Settings/Data Sets/Processing Activities/Suppliers'''''|| The suppliers of data repository tools, access applications, access devises or connectivity. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''''Settings/Data Sets/Risks/Control Lists'''''|| The list of control to implement and to take in account during the ''risks'' analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''''Settings/Data Sets/Risks/Risk Sources List'''''|| Person or non-human source that can cause a ''risk''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''''Settings/Data Sets/Risks/Threats List'''''|| List of possible ''threats''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''''Settings/Data Sets/Risks/Vulnerability List'''''|| List of ''vulnerability'' that threats can exploit.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Application settings ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This section concerns the preferences and settings which can be defined at application level for Privacy-Now®. These settings are accessible from '''''Settings/Application Settings'''''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Application settings are accessible only by ''users'' with administration privileges (see below how to set them). The first ''user'' created when Privacy-Now® environment is created is set with administration privileges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;''Settings/Application Settings''&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; link open the ''Setting'' of Privacy Now® service. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Settings are organized in six sections:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Tracking''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Consents Settings''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Group Settings''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Notification Settings''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Utility''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''License Details''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Purchase History''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Tracking ===&lt;br /&gt;
These setting enable the ''User'' to identify the ''service name'' and the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Subscription id&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; they have subscribed and the current status of the ''service''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is possible to upload a new logo for Privacy Now® service, by use '''BROWSE''' command.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Consents Settings ===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings refer to ''consents'' management process. See the [[consents]] guide for more information on the process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The table below report the settings fields available and a short description of their meaning:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Data Subject Matching criteria&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || This field allow to define the criteria to match an incoming ''consent'' sent by mail with the existing ''consents'' in Privacy-Now®. After trying to match if the consent subject is found, the existing consent record is updated. If the consent subject is not found, a new consent record is created. This field may have one of the following two values: &amp;quot;Mail&amp;quot; (consent subject is matched using the email address), &amp;quot;Username&amp;quot; (consent subject is matched using the user name identifier, for example the login used by the consent subject to access a website). &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Consents Matching Mail &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| ''Consents'' can be acquired from emails. With this field it is possible to define the recipients of the emails which will be checked to process the ''consents''. Emails in the inbox with other recipients will be ignored.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Consents Source Details ====&lt;br /&gt;
This section allows to configure the mailbox to import ''consents'' in current Privacy-Now® environment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The front-end web site shall be able to gather ''consents'' and send them to this mailbox as a structured email (see the paragraph dedicated to [[Consents#Consent Mail Structure and Procedure|Consent Mail Structure and Procedure]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each correctly parsed email will generate one or more ''consents'' in current Privacy-Now® environment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IMPORTANT WARNING: IS STRONGLY RECOMMENDED TO CREATE A BACKUP MAILBOX TO STORE ALL THE EMAIL (TO BE FORWARDED FROM MAIN MAILBOX) BECAUSE PRIVACY-NOW® WILL DELETE THEM DURING PARSING PROCESS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Host&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| This field shall be filled with the mailbox server address.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Port&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| This field shall be filled with the mailbox server port.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Username&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| This field shall be filled with the mailbox login.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Password&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| This field shall be filled with the mailbox password.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Email&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| This field shall be filled with the email.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Protocol&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| This field shall be filled with the mailbox server protocol (available: &amp;quot;POP3&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;IMAP&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;POP3S&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;IMAPS&amp;quot;).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Status&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| This field contains values: &amp;quot;Active&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Inactive&amp;quot;. When it will be saved in &amp;quot;Active&amp;quot;: Privacy-Now® will start to download and elaborate all the email.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Group Settings ===&lt;br /&gt;
Privacy-Now® has several profiles for ''user'' privileges. The profiles determines what ''users'' can do while executing processes (e.g. ''access requests'', ''consents'', etc.). ''Users'' can be assigned to ''groups'' and ''groups'' can be finally assigned to profiles in each record (e.g. ''access request'', ''consent'' etc.).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fields &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;DPO Profile&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;DP Profile&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;DC Profile&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Auditors Team Profile&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Working Team Profile&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; allow to define which ''groups'' the ''user'' will be able to see and select in each process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fields &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;DPO Default&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;DP Default&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;DC Default&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Auditors Team Default&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Working Team Default&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; allow to define the default ''groups'' which will be set everytime a new record is created.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above fields, shall be defined for each process/workflow, e.g. ''access requests'', ''actions'', ''audits'' management, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to update the fields for a process, perform the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Choose the process by setting the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;GDPR Process&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; field&lt;br /&gt;
*Load the set values for all the field by using the '''LOAD''' command&lt;br /&gt;
*Set the values for the fields&lt;br /&gt;
*Save the settings by using the '''SAVE''' command at the bottom of the form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Repeat the above steps for all the processes you need to configure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Notification Settings ===&lt;br /&gt;
The table below report the settings fields available and a short description of their meaning:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Consents Warnings Recipients&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || This field contains the emails addresses notified when ''consents'' warnings are triggered.&lt;br /&gt;
Is possible to select one or more ''group'' using field &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Send Consent Warnings to Groups&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;: in this case all the members of selected ''groups(s)'' will be notified when ''consents'' warnings are triggered.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Data Breach Warnings Recipients&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || This field contains the emails addresses notified when ''data breach'' warnings are triggered.&lt;br /&gt;
Is possible to select one or more ''group'' using field &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Send Data Breach Warnings to Groups&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;: in this case all the members of selected ''groups(s)'' will be notified when ''data breach''  warnings are triggered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is possible to select the ''owner'' of record as email address notified by click on option ''Send Data Breach Warnings to Owner''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Authority Warnings Recipients&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || This field contains the emails addresses notified when ''data breach'' warnings for authority are triggered.&lt;br /&gt;
Is possible to select one or more ''group'' using field &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Send Data Breach Authority Warnings to Groups&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;: in this case all the members of selected ''groups(s)'' will be notified when ''data breach'' warnings for authority are triggered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is possible to select the ''owner'' of record as email address notified by click on option ''Send Data Breach Authority Warnings to Owner''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Access  Warnings Recipients&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || This field contains the emails addresses notified when ''access request'' warnings are triggered.&lt;br /&gt;
Is possible to select one or more ''group'' using field &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Send Access Request Warnings to Groups&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;: in this case all the members of selected ''groups(s)'' will be notified when ''access request'' warnings are triggered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is possible to select the ''owner'' of record as email address notified by click on option ''Send Access Request Warnings to Owner''.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Utility ===&lt;br /&gt;
In this sections, special functionalities are grouped.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Delete Record ====&lt;br /&gt;
From records management (e.g. ''access requests'', ''consents'') physical deletion is not possible. In other words, records can always be moved to one or more end of life status(es) where no changes are possible. however, normal ''users'' cannot physically delete records. This can be done instead by ''users'' with administrative privileges with this tool.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To delete a record, simply enter the record code to be deleted in &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Record Code to Delete&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; and launch the '''Delete Record''' command.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IMPORTANT WARNING: IT WILL NOT BE POSSIBLE TO RESTORE THE RECORD CONTENT AFTER DELETION.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== License Details ===&lt;br /&gt;
This section allows to view the details of the license active for the current Privacy-Now® environment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;License Package&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| This field shows the type of subscription active.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Licensed User&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| This field shows the number of activated ''users'' (those in status &amp;quot;Active&amp;quot;).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Licensed Access Requests&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| Monthly number of ''access requests'' that it is possible to open. This numbers is depending on the type of subscription.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Licensed Consents&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| Monthly number of ''consents'' that it is possible to open. This numbers is depending on the type of subscription.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Check License'''|| This commands launches a system check that refreshes the values of &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Active Users&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Monthly Access Requests&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Monthly Consents&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; fields.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Active Users&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| Number of &amp;quot;users&amp;quot; currently activated (in status &amp;quot;active&amp;quot;).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Monthly Access Requests&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| Number of ''access requests'' opened in the current month.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Monthly Consents&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| Number of ''consents'' opened in the current month.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Initial Activation Date&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| The date when the Privacy-Now® service was initially activated.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Expected End Date&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| The date when the Privacy-Now® service will terminate. Access wont' be possible after this date. The environment and all data will be fully erased 30 days after this date.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Purchase History ===&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, the history of the purchase transaction is reported for control aims.&lt;br /&gt;
Every transaction is added after the last before.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sottini</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=Processing_Activities&amp;diff=790</id>
		<title>Processing Activities</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=Processing_Activities&amp;diff=790"/>
				<updated>2019-10-31T11:03:00Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sottini: /* Introduction to Processing Activities */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Introduction to Processing Activities ==&lt;br /&gt;
''Processing activities'' are the core element of ''personal data'' management. Many regulations require them to be documented and assessed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Privacy-Now® dedicated process enables to record ''processing activities'', to maintain them and to use them for assessment or other tasks related to ''personal data'' management.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Workflow ==&lt;br /&gt;
A new ''processing activity'' can be created using the ''Add New'' functionality and choosing &amp;quot;New Processing Activity&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A workflow enables to move the ''processing activities'' in several statuses as shown in the following picture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Processing Activities Workflow ENG v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Processing activities workflow and statuses.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following table explains the meaning of each status:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Status !! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Default || A temporary status when the ''processing activity'' is initially created before the first save. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Draft || A ''processing activity'' in this status is draft.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Active || A ''processing activity'' in this status is actually executed by the ''organization''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Inactive || A ''processing activity'' in this status is not executed by the ''organization''. Either it was in the past or it will in the future. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Cancelled || ''Processing activity'' cancelled. It is still possible to recover a ''processing activity'' from this status by enabled ''users''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Information ==&lt;br /&gt;
''Processing activities'' records are organized in four sections:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Identification''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;, where identification data of the ''processing activity'' are recorded,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Ownership &amp;amp; Organization''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;, containing the assignment of the key roles enabled to manage the ''processing activity'';&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Characteristics''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;, with the key attributes of the ''processing activity'';&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Information Technology''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;, with information about the technologies used to process ''personal data'' by the ''processing activivty''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Detailed information on the meaning and use of every field can be found by pointing the mouse on the (i) next to each field. This will activate a tooltip with a brief description of the field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional information can be found in the secondary forms of the record: attachments, related items, messages and history. See [[How To]] for more information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Privileges ==&lt;br /&gt;
''Processing activities'' can be created by the ''users'' to whom the corresponding privilege is granted (see [[Users &amp;amp; Groups]] for more information on how to set this privilege).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The lifecycle of the ''processing activity'' is managed by the roles described in the table below. ''Groups'' are pre assigned to the roles according to the ''settings'' (see [[Settings]] for more information on how to set these defaults). Initial assignments can be modified according to privileges choosing among the enabled ''groups'' (see once again [[Settings]] for more information on how to enable ''groups'').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Role !! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;DPO Group&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Members of the ''group'' assigned to this role have full privileges. They can:&lt;br /&gt;
* transition records to any compatible status,&lt;br /&gt;
* update fields when possible,&lt;br /&gt;
* update ''data sources'' directly in record management,&lt;br /&gt;
* revert from &amp;quot;Cancelled&amp;quot; status.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Data Controller Group&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Members of the ''group'' assigned to this role have view (read) privileges.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Data Processor Group&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Members of the ''group'' assigned to this role have view (read) privileges.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Auditors Team&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Members of the ''group'' assigned to this role have view (read) privileges.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;DPA Owner&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || This role can be assigned to a single user among members of the ''DPO group'' or the ''Data Controller Group''. The &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;DPA Owner&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; has several privileges:&lt;br /&gt;
* transition to any compatible status,&lt;br /&gt;
* update fields when possible.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reports ==&lt;br /&gt;
The list of ''processing activities'' can be filtered and exported to excel format from the ''view'' '''''Processing Activities'''''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, it is possible to print the ''processing activity'' card using the '''Print''' command positioned up right in the ''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;General&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'' form of the ''processing activity'' record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Related processes ==&lt;br /&gt;
Many other entities can be related to ''processing activity'' records, in particular:&lt;br /&gt;
* ''access requests'',&lt;br /&gt;
* ''actions'',&lt;br /&gt;
* ''impact assessments'',&lt;br /&gt;
* ''risks''.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sottini</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=Welcome&amp;diff=789</id>
		<title>Welcome</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=Welcome&amp;diff=789"/>
				<updated>2019-10-31T11:02:09Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sottini: /* Process guides */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
This is the guide website of the service Privacy-Now®.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This guide is in English. You may find versions in other languages at these links:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Language!! Web address (url)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|French || [http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/fr Privacy-Now® guide in French]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Italian || [http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/it Privacy-Now® guide in Italian]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This guide is applicable to the subscriptions &amp;quot;Trial&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Start&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Basic&amp;quot;. [https://www.privacy-now.eu/en/contact-us.html Contact] Privacy-Now® for documentation about other subscriptions or versions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is a short introduction video of Privacy-Now®:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:vimeo|https://vimeo.com/319471122|800||Video introduction to ''Privacy-Now®''.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Structure of this guide ==&lt;br /&gt;
This guide is divided in sections that can be recognized in the left menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Application guides ===&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, you will find the following topics:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Guide Topic !! Content&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Quick Start]] || An explanation of the steps to follow to setup and be able to work with Privacy-Now®. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[How To]] || Description of the basic logics and functionalities of Privacy-Now®.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Users &amp;amp; Groups]] || Details of ''users'' and ''groups'' management.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Frequently Asked Questions]] || In this page you will find  frequently asked questions Privacy-Now®. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Disclaimers]] || This page contains the Disclaimer on the use of Privacy-Now®.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Terms &amp;amp; Conditions of Use]] || This page contains the Terms and Conditions of Use of Privacy-Now®.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Process guides ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, you will find the following topics:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Guide Topic !! Content&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Access Requests]] || A guide on access requests management.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Actions]] || A guide on ''actions'' management.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Audits]] || A guide on ''audits'' management.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Consents]] || A guide on ''consents'' management.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Data Breaches]] || A guide on ''data breaches'' management.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Issues &amp;amp; Non Conformities]] || A guide on ''issues'' &amp;amp; non ''conformities management''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Knowledge Items]] || A guide on ''knowledge items'' management.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Privacy Impact Assessments]] || A guide on ''privacy impact assessments'' management.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Processing Activities]] || A guide on ''processing activity'' records.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Risks]] || A guide on risks management.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Glossary &amp;amp; Reading Conventions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, you will find the following topics:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Guide Topic !! Content&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Glossary]] || The glossary of the key terminology used in Privacy-Now®.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Reading Conventions]] || Explanation of the reading conventions used in this guide.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Other Guides ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, you will find the following topics:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Guide Topic !! Content&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Print]] || Help on the printing features of this guide.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sottini</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=Welcome&amp;diff=788</id>
		<title>Welcome</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=Welcome&amp;diff=788"/>
				<updated>2019-10-31T11:01:08Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sottini: /* Process guides */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
This is the guide website of the service Privacy-Now®.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This guide is in English. You may find versions in other languages at these links:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Language!! Web address (url)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|French || [http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/fr Privacy-Now® guide in French]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Italian || [http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/it Privacy-Now® guide in Italian]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This guide is applicable to the subscriptions &amp;quot;Trial&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Start&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Basic&amp;quot;. [https://www.privacy-now.eu/en/contact-us.html Contact] Privacy-Now® for documentation about other subscriptions or versions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is a short introduction video of Privacy-Now®:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:vimeo|https://vimeo.com/319471122|800||Video introduction to ''Privacy-Now®''.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Structure of this guide ==&lt;br /&gt;
This guide is divided in sections that can be recognized in the left menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Application guides ===&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, you will find the following topics:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Guide Topic !! Content&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Quick Start]] || An explanation of the steps to follow to setup and be able to work with Privacy-Now®. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[How To]] || Description of the basic logics and functionalities of Privacy-Now®.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Users &amp;amp; Groups]] || Details of ''users'' and ''groups'' management.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Frequently Asked Questions]] || In this page you will find  frequently asked questions Privacy-Now®. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Disclaimers]] || This page contains the Disclaimer on the use of Privacy-Now®.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Terms &amp;amp; Conditions of Use]] || This page contains the Terms and Conditions of Use of Privacy-Now®.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Process guides ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, you will find the following topics:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Guide Topic !! Content&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Access Requests]] || A guide on access requests management.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Actions]] || A guide on ''actions'' management.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Audits]] || A guide on ''audits'' management.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Consents]] || A guide on ''consents'' management.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Data Breaches]] || A guide on ''data breaches'' management.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Issues &amp;amp; Non Conformities]] || A guide on ''issues'' &amp;amp; non ''conformities management''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Knowledge Items]] || A guide on ''knowledge items'' management.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Privacy Impact Assessments]] || A guide on ''privacy impact assessments'' management.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Processing Activity]] || A guide on ''processing activity'' records.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Risks]] || A guide on risks management.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Glossary &amp;amp; Reading Conventions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, you will find the following topics:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Guide Topic !! Content&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Glossary]] || The glossary of the key terminology used in Privacy-Now®.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Reading Conventions]] || Explanation of the reading conventions used in this guide.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Other Guides ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, you will find the following topics:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Guide Topic !! Content&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Print]] || Help on the printing features of this guide.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sottini</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=Welcome&amp;diff=787</id>
		<title>Welcome</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=Welcome&amp;diff=787"/>
				<updated>2019-10-31T11:00:43Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sottini: /* Process guides */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
This is the guide website of the service Privacy-Now®.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This guide is in English. You may find versions in other languages at these links:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Language!! Web address (url)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|French || [http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/fr Privacy-Now® guide in French]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Italian || [http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/it Privacy-Now® guide in Italian]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This guide is applicable to the subscriptions &amp;quot;Trial&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Start&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Basic&amp;quot;. [https://www.privacy-now.eu/en/contact-us.html Contact] Privacy-Now® for documentation about other subscriptions or versions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is a short introduction video of Privacy-Now®:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:vimeo|https://vimeo.com/319471122|800||Video introduction to ''Privacy-Now®''.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Structure of this guide ==&lt;br /&gt;
This guide is divided in sections that can be recognized in the left menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Application guides ===&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, you will find the following topics:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Guide Topic !! Content&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Quick Start]] || An explanation of the steps to follow to setup and be able to work with Privacy-Now®. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[How To]] || Description of the basic logics and functionalities of Privacy-Now®.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Users &amp;amp; Groups]] || Details of ''users'' and ''groups'' management.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Frequently Asked Questions]] || In this page you will find  frequently asked questions Privacy-Now®. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Disclaimers]] || This page contains the Disclaimer on the use of Privacy-Now®.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Terms &amp;amp; Conditions of Use]] || This page contains the Terms and Conditions of Use of Privacy-Now®.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Process guides ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, you will find the following topics:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Guide Topic !! Content&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Access Requests]] || A guide on access requests management.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Actions]] || A guide on ''actions'' management.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Audits]] || A guide on ''audits'' management.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Consents]] || A guide on ''consents'' management.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Data Breaches]] || A guide on ''data breaches'' management.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Issues &amp;amp; Non Conformities]] || A guide on ''issues'' &amp;amp; non ''conformities management''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Knowledge Items]] || A guide on ''knowledge items'' management.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Privacy Impact Assessments]] || A guide on ''privacy impact assessments'' management.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Processing Activity Records]] || A guide on ''processing activity'' records.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Risks]] || A guide on risks management.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Glossary &amp;amp; Reading Conventions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, you will find the following topics:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Guide Topic !! Content&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Glossary]] || The glossary of the key terminology used in Privacy-Now®.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Reading Conventions]] || Explanation of the reading conventions used in this guide.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Other Guides ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, you will find the following topics:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Guide Topic !! Content&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Print]] || Help on the printing features of this guide.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sottini</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=How_To&amp;diff=786</id>
		<title>How To</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=How_To&amp;diff=786"/>
				<updated>2019-10-31T10:53:27Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sottini: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This section of Privacy-Now® guide introduces how to use the main functionalities of the tool.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Dashboards ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:vimeo|&lt;br /&gt;
https://vimeo.com/316809047|800|center|Video tutorial on using ''dashboards''.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Dashboards'' are automatically presented when logging to the system for the first time. The following ''dashboards'' are available:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Privacy Overview&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Access Requests''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Actions''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Audits''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Consents''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Data Breaches''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Issues / Non Conformities''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Privacy Impact Assessments''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Processing Activities''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Risks''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from the Overview ''dashboard'', which presents information from several processes, each ''dashboard'' is dedicated to a ''privacy management process''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Dashboards'' are composed of widgets (see the figure below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dashboard_Widget_ENG_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Example of ''dashboard'' widget.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Widgets are generally configured to be interactive. Clicking on a part of the widget with the left mouse button opens a context menu which presents the following options:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- '''Open Record List''', allowing to open a list of the records which correspond to the result clicked in the widget;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- '''Break Down''', allowing to drill down into the shown dimension;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- '''Back''', allowing to return to the upper dimension from which the drill down was done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the subscribed packaged, ''dashboards'' can be directly created or configured by ''users''. However, the guide to customize them is not included in this wiki.&lt;br /&gt;
Additionally, ''Dashboards'' are continuously improved and clients suggestions are welcome to this aim.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, remember that the trial subscription has limited access to the '''dashboards'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Menus and Views ==&lt;br /&gt;
Menu items are accessible from the left menu bar of the and they may launch functionalities or ''views''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:View_ENG_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Example of ''view''.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''views'' records can be sorted with column headers and paged with paging commands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is also possible to filter data. Pressing on the magnifier icon activates the grid filtering fields. They work logically in AND and they filter the records in ''view''. The '''GO''' command activates the entered criteria and the '''RESET''' command removes them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''PRINT''' prints the selected (using tick boxes column) records cards. A new browser window is opened for each card. '''PRINT LIST''' prints the selected records list. '''EXPORT TO EXCEL''' export the selected data in Excel format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== News ==&lt;br /&gt;
News is a service functionality used by Privacy Now®  staff to publish information about the service. Typical information may be announcements of new features or information on maintenance windows or service issues. News are scrolling titles in the news box positioned after below the left application menu. Just click on a scrolling news to access its detailed content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Records Management ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Create ===&lt;br /&gt;
Creating new records, including ''users'', is done by accessing and navigating the '''''Add New''''' menu item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Add_New_Self_Service_ENG_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Self service area to add new records.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just click on the item you want to create and this opens a dialog box where you can enter the related description or just press '''Create''' to generate a new record. Press ''Close'' to exit without creating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Update ===&lt;br /&gt;
Updating a record can be done immediately after creating it or later when saved. See [[How_To#Search|Search]] section for more information on how to search existing records. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When focused on a record, the command bars allow to save it and additional tasks on the record:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Save''' - simply saves the record;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Save &amp;amp; Exit''' - saves the record and exits from the update form;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Save &amp;amp; Next''' - this command first performs a save and then immediately enables to move the record to the next desired step in the workflow;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Cancel''' - exits from the record without saving (unsaved updates will be lost);&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Reload''' - reloads the record (unsaved updates will be lost);&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Print''' - prints the record;&lt;br /&gt;
* ''' Quick Actions''': enables a context menu showing some shortcuts for commands enabling functionalities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Update_Record_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Record update screen.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When saving, remember to update all mandatory fields which are marked with a red asterisk in the form. If some mandatory content is missing, the system will warn by showing a textual message before the update form where the missing fields are reported. The ''User'' will then have the possibility to update and save again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Save &amp;amp; Next''' command opens a dialog form to choose the workflow transition to perform (and therefore the target status).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SaveNext_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|'''Save&amp;amp;Next''' dialog form.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dialog form, the ''user'' shall select the transition to perform and the command to execute:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Cancel''' - to exit from the form without executing any transition;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Apply''' - to execute the selected transition without saving the record in the destination status (if a reload of the record data is done before saving, the status will remain unchanged);&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Apply &amp;amp; Save''' - to execute the selected transition and save the record in the destination status (if a reload of the record data is done, the status will be the target one).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that the '''Apply &amp;amp; Save''' command won't be enabled if mandatory fields are missing to save the record in the target status. In such a case, use the '''Apply''' command, fill the missing values and then save the record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the ''Save &amp;amp; Next'' dialog box by clicking the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Transition Comment&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; tick box it is possible to enter a comment for the transition (e.g. the reason to perform it) which will be visibile in the history of the record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the ''user'' is lost and doesn't know how to proceed (which are the next posible workflow statuses), the ''Explore Workflow'' command will help by opening the explorer workflow window (see the figure above).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this window, the workflow is graphically presented. Each rectangle represents a workflow status and arrows connect possible transitions. The current status is yellow, the past ones grey, the target ones red (if the ''user'' hasn't privileges on a transition needed to move the record in the target status) or green (if the ''user'' has the privileges to execute a transition moving the record to the target status). The form is interactive:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* the ''user'' can see details about the roles and resources enabled to perform a transition by clicking on the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;details&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; label on the same transition;&lt;br /&gt;
* the ''user'' can recall the ''Save &amp;amp; Next'' dialog box by double clicking with the left mouse button on a green status (this will start the dialog box with a preselected transition).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ''user'' can change directly the record status selecting the target status from the drop down list box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the record, the ''user'' can move to the different content form by using the form selector (see the figure above). Depending on the type of record and the privileges of the 'user'', the visible form are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''General''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - containing the main information of the records;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Attachments''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - allowing to view or manage attachments;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Related Items''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - allowing to view and manage related records (e.g. ''risks'' related to a ''processing activity'');&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Messages''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - allowing to view and manage messages (mails) which will remain related to the record;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''History''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - showing the history of the changes performed for the record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Delete ===&lt;br /&gt;
''Privacy management processes'' are designed with end of life statuses for records (e.g. cancellation or completion). Therefore, the physical cancellation of records should not be necessary. However, should there be a reason to physically delete a record, this is possible for ''users'' with administrative privileges from the settings management. Go to [[Settings]] for more information on how to deleted specific records.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Field level help ===&lt;br /&gt;
The fields in Privacy Now® screens usually have a field level help. When available, the help is noticed with an information icon (a white i in a small blue circle). Passing and remaining with the mouse on this icon, the system shows a text with some details about the information intended to be inserted in the field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reports ==&lt;br /&gt;
Available reports are accessible from the left application menu or via command buttons in the records.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A main source for reporting is the export to excel functionality present in all ''views'' of data (see [[How_To#Menus_and_Views|Views]]). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additionally, ''dashboards'' are available (see [[How_To#Dashboards|Dashboards]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Search ==&lt;br /&gt;
Two main mechanisms support the search for record and information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* search tool;&lt;br /&gt;
* views and grid filtering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Search tool ===&lt;br /&gt;
The search tool is positioned in the top right corner of the application and it is shown in the picture below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Search_ENG_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Search tool.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before starting to search, it is necessary to set the search context among one of the possible values: &amp;quot;Text&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Record&amp;quot;. By default, &amp;quot;Record&amp;quot; is set if no value is entered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Record&amp;quot; search context assumes that the ''user'' is trying to access a record directly, by knowing its id (code). Therefore, just enter the id and press enter or the magnifier icon. If the corresponding record exists and the ''user'' has privileges to view it, the system will directly open the record form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Text&amp;quot; search context assumes that the ''user'' is searching a string text. Therefore, just enter the text and press enter or the magnifier icon. The system will present the list of the records where the text is found and the ''user'' will be able to access any by clicking on the list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Views and grid filtering ===&lt;br /&gt;
By accessing and filtering views, it is possible to search and access records. See [[How_To#Menus_and_Views|Views]] for more information.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sottini</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=How_To&amp;diff=785</id>
		<title>How To</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=How_To&amp;diff=785"/>
				<updated>2019-10-31T10:52:52Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sottini: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This section of Privacy-Now® guide introduces how to use the main functionalities of the tool.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Dashboards ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:vimeo|&lt;br /&gt;
https://vimeo.com/316809047|800|center|Video tutorial on using ''dashboards''.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Dashboards'' are automatically presented when logging to the system for the first time. The following ''dashboards'' are available:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Privacy Overview&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Access Requests''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Actions''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Audits''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Consents''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Data Breaches''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Issues / Non Conformities''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Privacy Impact Assessments''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Processing Activities''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Risks''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from the Overview ''dashboard'', which presents information from several processes, each ''dashboard'' is dedicated to a ''privacy management process''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Dashboards'' are composed of widgets (see the figure below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dashboard_Widget_ENG_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Example of ''dashboard'' widget.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Widgets are generally configured to be interactive. Clicking on a part of the widget with the left mouse button opens a context menu which presents the following options:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- '''Open Record List''', allowing to open a list of the records which correspond to the result clicked in the widget;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- '''Break Down''', allowing to drill down into the shown dimension;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- '''Back''', allowing to return to the upper dimension from which the drill down was done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the subscribed packaged, ''dashboards'' can be directly created or configured by ''users''. However, the guide to customize them is not included in this wiki.&lt;br /&gt;
Additionally, ''Dashboards'' are continuously improved and clients suggestions are welcome to this aim.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, remember that the trial subscription has limited access to the '''dashboards'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Menus and Views ==&lt;br /&gt;
Menu items are accessible from the left menu bar of the and they may launch functionalities or ''views''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:View_ENG_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Example of ''view''.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''views'' records can be sorted with column headers and paged with paging commands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is also possible to filter data. Pressing on the magnifier icon activates the grid filtering fields. They work logically in AND and they filter the records in ''view''. The '''GO''' command activates the entered criteria and the '''RESET''' command removes them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''PRINT''' prints the selected (using tick boxes column) records cards. A new browser window is opened for each card. '''PRINT LIST''' prints the selected records list. '''EXPORT TO EXCEL''' export the selected data in Excel format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== News ==&lt;br /&gt;
News is a service functionality used by Privacy Now®  staff to publish information about the service. Typical information may be announcements of new features or information on maintenance windows or service issues. News are scrolling titles in the news box positioned after below the left application menu. Just click on a scrolling news to access its detailed content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Records Management ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Create ===&lt;br /&gt;
Creating new records, including ''users'', is done by accessing and navigating the '''''Add New''''' menu item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Add_New_Self_Service_ENG_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Self service area to add new records.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just click on the item you want to create and this opens a dialog box where you can enter the related description or just press '''Create''' to generate a new record. Press ''Close'' to exit without creating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Update ===&lt;br /&gt;
Updating a record can be done immediately after creating it or later when saved. See [[How_To#Search|Search]] section for more information on how to search existing records. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When focused on a record, the command bars allow to save it and additional tasks on the record:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Save''' - simply saves the record;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Save &amp;amp; Exit''' - saves the record and exits from the update form;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Save &amp;amp; Next''' - this command first performs a save and then immediately enables to move the record to the next desired step in the workflow;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Cancel''' - exits from the record without saving (unsaved updates will be lost);&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Reload''' - reloads the record (unsaved updates will be lost);&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Print''' - prints the record;&lt;br /&gt;
* ''' Quick Actions''': enables a context menu showing some shortcuts for commands enabling functionalities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Update_Record_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Record update screen.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When saving, remember to update all mandatory fields which are marked with a red asterisk in the form. If some mandatory content is missing, the system will warn by showing a textual message before the update form where the missing fields are reported. The ''User'' will then have the possibility to update and save again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Save &amp;amp; Next''' command opens a dialog form to choose the workflow transition to perform (and therefore the target status).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SaveNext_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|'''Save&amp;amp;Next''' dialog form.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dialog form, the ''user'' shall select the transition to perform and the command to execute:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Cancel''' - to exit from the form without executing any transition;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Apply''' - to execute the selected transition without saving the record in the destination status (if a reload of the record data is done before saving, the status will remain unchanged);&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Apply &amp;amp; Save''' - to execute the selected transition and save the record in the destination status (if a reload of the record data is done, the status will be the target one).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that the '''Apply &amp;amp; Save''' command won't be enabled if mandatory fields are missing to save the record in the target status. In such a case, use the '''Apply''' command, fill the missing values and then save the record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the ''Save &amp;amp; Next'' dialog box by clicking the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Transition Comment&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; tick box it is possible to enter a comment for the transition (e.g. the reason to perform it) which will be visibile in the history of the record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the ''user'' is lost and doesn't know how to proceed (which are the next posible workflow statuses), the ''Explore Workflow'' command will help by opening the explorer workflow window (see the figure above).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this window, the workflow is graphically presented. Each rectangle represents a workflow status and arrows connect possible transitions. The current status is yellow, the past ones grey, the target ones red (if the ''user'' hasn't privileges on a transition needed to move the record in the target status) or green (if the ''user'' has the privileges to execute a transition moving the record to the target status). The form is interactive:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* the ''user'' can see details about the roles and resources enabled to perform a transition by clicking on the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;details&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; label on the same transition;&lt;br /&gt;
* the ''user'' can recall the ''Save &amp;amp; Next'' dialog box by double clicking with the left mouse button on a green status (this will start the dialog box with a preselected transition).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ''user'' can change directly the record status selecting the target status from the drop down list box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the record, the ''user'' can move to the different content form by using the form selector (see the figure above). Depending on the type of record and the privileges of the 'user'', the visible form are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''General''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - containing the main information of the records;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Attachments''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - allowing to view or manage attachments;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Related Items''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - allowing to view and manage related records (e.g. ''risks'' related to a ''processing activity'');&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Messages''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - allowing to view and manage messages (mails) which will remain related to the record;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''History''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - showing the history of the changes performed for the record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Delete ===&lt;br /&gt;
''Privacy management processes'' are designed with end of life statuses for records (e.g. cancellation or completion). Therefore, the physical cancellation of records should not be necessary. However, should there be a reason to physically delete a record, this is possible for ''users'' with administrative privileges from the settings management. Go to [[Settings]] for more information on how to deleted specific records.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Field helo ===&lt;br /&gt;
The fields in Privacy Now® screens usually have a field level help. When available, the help is noticed with an information icon (a white i in a small blue circle). Passing and remaining with the mouse on this icon, the system shows a text with some details about the information intended to be inserted in the field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reports ==&lt;br /&gt;
Available reports are accessible from the left application menu or via command buttons in the records.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A main source for reporting is the export to excel functionality present in all ''views'' of data (see [[How_To#Menus_and_Views|Views]]). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additionally, ''dashboards'' are available (see [[How_To#Dashboards|Dashboards]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Search ==&lt;br /&gt;
Two main mechanisms support the search for record and information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* search tool;&lt;br /&gt;
* views and grid filtering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Search tool ===&lt;br /&gt;
The search tool is positioned in the top right corner of the application and it is shown in the picture below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Search_ENG_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Search tool.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before starting to search, it is necessary to set the search context among one of the possible values: &amp;quot;Text&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Record&amp;quot;. By default, &amp;quot;Record&amp;quot; is set if no value is entered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Record&amp;quot; search context assumes that the ''user'' is trying to access a record directly, by knowing its id (code). Therefore, just enter the id and press enter or the magnifier icon. If the corresponding record exists and the ''user'' has privileges to view it, the system will directly open the record form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Text&amp;quot; search context assumes that the ''user'' is searching a string text. Therefore, just enter the text and press enter or the magnifier icon. The system will present the list of the records where the text is found and the ''user'' will be able to access any by clicking on the list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Views and grid filtering ===&lt;br /&gt;
By accessing and filtering views, it is possible to search and access records. See [[How_To#Menus_and_Views|Views]] for more information.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sottini</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=How_To&amp;diff=778</id>
		<title>How To</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=How_To&amp;diff=778"/>
				<updated>2019-02-25T17:29:09Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sottini: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This section of Privacy-Now® guide introduces how to use the main functionalities of the tool.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Dashboards ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:vimeo|&lt;br /&gt;
https://vimeo.com/316809047|800|center|Video tutorial on using ''dashboards''.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Dashboards'' are automatically presented when logging to the system for the first time. The following ''dashboards'' are available:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Privacy Overview&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Access Requests''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Actions''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Audits''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Consents''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Data Breaches''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Issues / Non Conformities''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Privacy Impact Assessments''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Processing Activities''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Risks''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from the Overview ''dashboard'', which presents information from several processes, each ''dashboard'' is dedicated to a ''privacy management process''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Dashboards'' are composed of widgets (see the figure below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dashboard_Widget_ENG_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Example of ''dashboard'' widget.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Widgets are generally configured to be interactive. Clicking on a part of the widget with the left mouse button opens a context menu which presents the following options:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- '''Open Record List''', allowing to open a list of the records which correspond to the result clicked in the widget;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- '''Break Down''', allowing to drill down into the shown dimension;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- '''Back''', allowing to return to the upper dimension from which the drill down was done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the subscribed packaged, ''dashboards'' can be directly created or configured by ''users''. However, the guide to customize them is not included in this wiki.&lt;br /&gt;
Additionally, ''Dashboards'' are continuously improved and clients suggestions are welcome to this aim.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, remember that the trial subscription has limited access to the '''dashboards'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Menus and Views ==&lt;br /&gt;
Menu items are accessible from the left menu bar of the and they may launch functionalities or ''views''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:View_ENG_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Example of ''view''.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''views'' records can be sorted with column headers and paged with paging commands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is also possible to filter data. Pressing on the magnifier icon activates the grid filtering fields. They work logically in AND and they filter the records in ''view''. The '''GO''' command activates the entered criteria and the '''RESET''' command removes them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''PRINT''' prints the selected (using tick boxes column) records cards. A new browser window is opened for each card. '''PRINT LIST''' prints the selected records list. '''EXPORT TO EXCEL''' export the selected data in Excel format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== News ==&lt;br /&gt;
News is a service functionality used by Privacy Now®  staff to publish information about the service. Typical information may be announcements of new features or information on maintenance windows or service issues. News are scrolling titles in the news box positioned after below the left application menu. Just click on a scrolling news to access its detailed content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Records Management ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Create ===&lt;br /&gt;
Creating new records, including ''users'', is done by accessing and navigating the '''''Add New''''' menu item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Add_New_Self_Service_ENG_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Self service area to add new records.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just click on the item you want to create and this opens a dialog box where you can enter the related description or just press '''Create''' to generate a new record. Press ''Close'' to exit without creating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Update ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Updating a record can be done immediately after creating it or later when saved. See [[How_To#Search|Search]] section for more information on how to search existing records. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When focused on a record, the command bars allow to save it and additional tasks on the record:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Save''' - simply saves the record;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Save &amp;amp; Exit''' - saves the record and exits from the update form;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Save &amp;amp; Next''' - this command first performs a save and then immediately enables to move the record to the next desired step in the workflow;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Cancel''' - exits from the record without saving (unsaved updates will be lost);&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Reload''' - reloads the record (unsaved updates will be lost);&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Print''' - prints the record;&lt;br /&gt;
* ''' Quick Actions''': enables a context menu showing some shortcuts for commands enabling functionalities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Update_Record_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Record update screen.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When saving, remember to update all mandatory fields which are marked with a red asterisk in the form. If some mandatory content is missing, the system will warn by showing a textual message before the update form where the missing fields are reported. The ''User'' will then have the possibility to update and save again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Save &amp;amp; Next''' command opens a dialog form to choose the workflow transition to perform (and therefore the target status).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SaveNext_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|'''Save&amp;amp;Next''' dialog form.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dialog form, the ''user'' shall select the transition to perform and the command to execute:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Cancel''' - to exit from the form without executing any transition;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Apply''' - to execute the selected transition without saving the record in the destination status (if a reload of the record data is done before saving, the status will remain unchanged);&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Apply &amp;amp; Save''' - to execute the selected transition and save the record in the destination status (if a reload of the record data is done, the status will be the target one).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that the '''Apply &amp;amp; Save''' command won't be enabled if mandatory fields are missing to save the record in the target status. In such a case, use the '''Apply''' command, fill the missing values and then save the record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the ''Save &amp;amp; Next'' dialog box by clicking the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Transition Comment&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; tick box it is possible to enter a comment for the transition (e.g. the reason to perform it) which will be visibile in the history of the record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the ''user'' is lost and doesn't know how to proceed (which are the next posible workflow statuses), the ''Explore Workflow'' command will help by opening the explorer workflow window (see the figure above).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this window, the workflow is graphically presented. Each rectangle represents a workflow status and arrows connect possible transitions. The current status is yellow, the past ones grey, the target ones red (if the ''user'' hasn't privileges on a transition needed to move the record in the target status) or green (if the ''user'' has the privileges to execute a transition moving the record to the target status). The form is interactive:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* the ''user'' can see details about the roles and resources enabled to perform a transition by clicking on the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;details&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; label on the same transition;&lt;br /&gt;
* the ''user'' can recall the ''Save &amp;amp; Next'' dialog box by double clicking with the left mouse button on a green status (this will start the dialog box with a preselected transition).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ''user'' can change directly the record status selecting the target status from the drop down list box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the record, the ''user'' can move to the different content form by using the form selector (see the figure above). Depending on the type of record and the privileges of the 'user'', the visible form are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''General''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - containing the main information of the records;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Attachments''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - allowing to view or manage attachments;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Related Items''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - allowing to view and manage related records (e.g. ''risks'' related to a ''processing activity'');&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Messages''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - allowing to view and manage messages (mails) which will remain related to the record;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''History''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - showing the history of the changes performed for the record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Delete ===&lt;br /&gt;
''Privacy management processes'' are designed with end of life statuses for records (e.g. cancellation or completion). Therefore, the physical cancellation of records should not be necessary. However, should there be a reason to physically delete a record, this is possible for ''users'' with administrative privileges from the settings management. Go to [[Settings]] for more information on how to deleted specific records.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reports ==&lt;br /&gt;
Available reports are accessible from the left application menu or via command buttons in the records.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A main source for reporting is the export to excel functionality present in all ''views'' of data (see [[How_To#Menus_and_Views|Views]]). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additionally, ''dashboards'' are available (see [[How_To#Dashboards|Dashboards]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Search ==&lt;br /&gt;
Two main mechanisms support the search for record and information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* search tool;&lt;br /&gt;
* views and grid filtering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Search tool ===&lt;br /&gt;
The search tool is positioned in the top right corner of the application and it is shown in the picture below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Search_ENG_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Search tool.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before starting to search, it is necessary to set the search context among one of the possible values: &amp;quot;Text&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Record&amp;quot;. By default, &amp;quot;Record&amp;quot; is set if no value is entered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Record&amp;quot; search context assumes that the ''user'' is trying to access a record directly, by knowing its id (code). Therefore, just enter the id and press enter or the magnifier icon. If the corresponding record exists and the ''user'' has privileges to view it, the system will directly open the record form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Text&amp;quot; search context assumes that the ''user'' is searching a string text. Therefore, just enter the text and press enter or the magnifier icon. The system will present the list of the records where the text is found and the ''user'' will be able to access any by clicking on the list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Views and grid filtering ===&lt;br /&gt;
By accessing and filtering views, it is possible to search and access records. See [[How_To#Menus_and_Views|Views]] for more information.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sottini</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=How_To&amp;diff=777</id>
		<title>How To</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=How_To&amp;diff=777"/>
				<updated>2019-02-25T17:28:49Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sottini: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This section of Privacy-Now® guide introduces how to use the main functionalities of the tool.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Dashboards ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:vimeo|&lt;br /&gt;
https://vimeo.com/316809047|800|centre|Video tutorial on using ''dashboards''.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Dashboards'' are automatically presented when logging to the system for the first time. The following ''dashboards'' are available:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Privacy Overview&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Access Requests''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Actions''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Audits''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Consents''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Data Breaches''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Issues / Non Conformities''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Privacy Impact Assessments''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Processing Activities''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Risks''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from the Overview ''dashboard'', which presents information from several processes, each ''dashboard'' is dedicated to a ''privacy management process''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Dashboards'' are composed of widgets (see the figure below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dashboard_Widget_ENG_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Example of ''dashboard'' widget.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Widgets are generally configured to be interactive. Clicking on a part of the widget with the left mouse button opens a context menu which presents the following options:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- '''Open Record List''', allowing to open a list of the records which correspond to the result clicked in the widget;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- '''Break Down''', allowing to drill down into the shown dimension;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- '''Back''', allowing to return to the upper dimension from which the drill down was done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the subscribed packaged, ''dashboards'' can be directly created or configured by ''users''. However, the guide to customize them is not included in this wiki.&lt;br /&gt;
Additionally, ''Dashboards'' are continuously improved and clients suggestions are welcome to this aim.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, remember that the trial subscription has limited access to the '''dashboards'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Menus and Views ==&lt;br /&gt;
Menu items are accessible from the left menu bar of the and they may launch functionalities or ''views''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:View_ENG_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Example of ''view''.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''views'' records can be sorted with column headers and paged with paging commands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is also possible to filter data. Pressing on the magnifier icon activates the grid filtering fields. They work logically in AND and they filter the records in ''view''. The '''GO''' command activates the entered criteria and the '''RESET''' command removes them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''PRINT''' prints the selected (using tick boxes column) records cards. A new browser window is opened for each card. '''PRINT LIST''' prints the selected records list. '''EXPORT TO EXCEL''' export the selected data in Excel format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== News ==&lt;br /&gt;
News is a service functionality used by Privacy Now®  staff to publish information about the service. Typical information may be announcements of new features or information on maintenance windows or service issues. News are scrolling titles in the news box positioned after below the left application menu. Just click on a scrolling news to access its detailed content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Records Management ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Create ===&lt;br /&gt;
Creating new records, including ''users'', is done by accessing and navigating the '''''Add New''''' menu item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Add_New_Self_Service_ENG_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Self service area to add new records.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just click on the item you want to create and this opens a dialog box where you can enter the related description or just press '''Create''' to generate a new record. Press ''Close'' to exit without creating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Update ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Updating a record can be done immediately after creating it or later when saved. See [[How_To#Search|Search]] section for more information on how to search existing records. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When focused on a record, the command bars allow to save it and additional tasks on the record:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Save''' - simply saves the record;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Save &amp;amp; Exit''' - saves the record and exits from the update form;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Save &amp;amp; Next''' - this command first performs a save and then immediately enables to move the record to the next desired step in the workflow;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Cancel''' - exits from the record without saving (unsaved updates will be lost);&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Reload''' - reloads the record (unsaved updates will be lost);&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Print''' - prints the record;&lt;br /&gt;
* ''' Quick Actions''': enables a context menu showing some shortcuts for commands enabling functionalities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Update_Record_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Record update screen.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When saving, remember to update all mandatory fields which are marked with a red asterisk in the form. If some mandatory content is missing, the system will warn by showing a textual message before the update form where the missing fields are reported. The ''User'' will then have the possibility to update and save again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Save &amp;amp; Next''' command opens a dialog form to choose the workflow transition to perform (and therefore the target status).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SaveNext_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|'''Save&amp;amp;Next''' dialog form.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dialog form, the ''user'' shall select the transition to perform and the command to execute:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Cancel''' - to exit from the form without executing any transition;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Apply''' - to execute the selected transition without saving the record in the destination status (if a reload of the record data is done before saving, the status will remain unchanged);&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Apply &amp;amp; Save''' - to execute the selected transition and save the record in the destination status (if a reload of the record data is done, the status will be the target one).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that the '''Apply &amp;amp; Save''' command won't be enabled if mandatory fields are missing to save the record in the target status. In such a case, use the '''Apply''' command, fill the missing values and then save the record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the ''Save &amp;amp; Next'' dialog box by clicking the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Transition Comment&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; tick box it is possible to enter a comment for the transition (e.g. the reason to perform it) which will be visibile in the history of the record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the ''user'' is lost and doesn't know how to proceed (which are the next posible workflow statuses), the ''Explore Workflow'' command will help by opening the explorer workflow window (see the figure above).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this window, the workflow is graphically presented. Each rectangle represents a workflow status and arrows connect possible transitions. The current status is yellow, the past ones grey, the target ones red (if the ''user'' hasn't privileges on a transition needed to move the record in the target status) or green (if the ''user'' has the privileges to execute a transition moving the record to the target status). The form is interactive:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* the ''user'' can see details about the roles and resources enabled to perform a transition by clicking on the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;details&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; label on the same transition;&lt;br /&gt;
* the ''user'' can recall the ''Save &amp;amp; Next'' dialog box by double clicking with the left mouse button on a green status (this will start the dialog box with a preselected transition).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ''user'' can change directly the record status selecting the target status from the drop down list box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the record, the ''user'' can move to the different content form by using the form selector (see the figure above). Depending on the type of record and the privileges of the 'user'', the visible form are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''General''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - containing the main information of the records;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Attachments''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - allowing to view or manage attachments;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Related Items''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - allowing to view and manage related records (e.g. ''risks'' related to a ''processing activity'');&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Messages''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - allowing to view and manage messages (mails) which will remain related to the record;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''History''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - showing the history of the changes performed for the record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Delete ===&lt;br /&gt;
''Privacy management processes'' are designed with end of life statuses for records (e.g. cancellation or completion). Therefore, the physical cancellation of records should not be necessary. However, should there be a reason to physically delete a record, this is possible for ''users'' with administrative privileges from the settings management. Go to [[Settings]] for more information on how to deleted specific records.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reports ==&lt;br /&gt;
Available reports are accessible from the left application menu or via command buttons in the records.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A main source for reporting is the export to excel functionality present in all ''views'' of data (see [[How_To#Menus_and_Views|Views]]). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additionally, ''dashboards'' are available (see [[How_To#Dashboards|Dashboards]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Search ==&lt;br /&gt;
Two main mechanisms support the search for record and information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* search tool;&lt;br /&gt;
* views and grid filtering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Search tool ===&lt;br /&gt;
The search tool is positioned in the top right corner of the application and it is shown in the picture below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Search_ENG_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Search tool.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before starting to search, it is necessary to set the search context among one of the possible values: &amp;quot;Text&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Record&amp;quot;. By default, &amp;quot;Record&amp;quot; is set if no value is entered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Record&amp;quot; search context assumes that the ''user'' is trying to access a record directly, by knowing its id (code). Therefore, just enter the id and press enter or the magnifier icon. If the corresponding record exists and the ''user'' has privileges to view it, the system will directly open the record form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Text&amp;quot; search context assumes that the ''user'' is searching a string text. Therefore, just enter the text and press enter or the magnifier icon. The system will present the list of the records where the text is found and the ''user'' will be able to access any by clicking on the list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Views and grid filtering ===&lt;br /&gt;
By accessing and filtering views, it is possible to search and access records. See [[How_To#Menus_and_Views|Views]] for more information.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sottini</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=How_To&amp;diff=776</id>
		<title>How To</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=How_To&amp;diff=776"/>
				<updated>2019-02-25T17:28:30Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sottini: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This section of Privacy-Now® guide introduces how to use the main functionalities of the tool.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Dashboards ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:vimeo|&lt;br /&gt;
https://vimeo.com/316809047|800||Video tutorial on using ''dashboards''.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Dashboards'' are automatically presented when logging to the system for the first time. The following ''dashboards'' are available:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Privacy Overview&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Access Requests''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Actions''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Audits''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Consents''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Data Breaches''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Issues / Non Conformities''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Privacy Impact Assessments''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Processing Activities''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Risks''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from the Overview ''dashboard'', which presents information from several processes, each ''dashboard'' is dedicated to a ''privacy management process''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Dashboards'' are composed of widgets (see the figure below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dashboard_Widget_ENG_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Example of ''dashboard'' widget.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Widgets are generally configured to be interactive. Clicking on a part of the widget with the left mouse button opens a context menu which presents the following options:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- '''Open Record List''', allowing to open a list of the records which correspond to the result clicked in the widget;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- '''Break Down''', allowing to drill down into the shown dimension;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- '''Back''', allowing to return to the upper dimension from which the drill down was done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the subscribed packaged, ''dashboards'' can be directly created or configured by ''users''. However, the guide to customize them is not included in this wiki.&lt;br /&gt;
Additionally, ''Dashboards'' are continuously improved and clients suggestions are welcome to this aim.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, remember that the trial subscription has limited access to the '''dashboards'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Menus and Views ==&lt;br /&gt;
Menu items are accessible from the left menu bar of the and they may launch functionalities or ''views''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:View_ENG_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Example of ''view''.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''views'' records can be sorted with column headers and paged with paging commands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is also possible to filter data. Pressing on the magnifier icon activates the grid filtering fields. They work logically in AND and they filter the records in ''view''. The '''GO''' command activates the entered criteria and the '''RESET''' command removes them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''PRINT''' prints the selected (using tick boxes column) records cards. A new browser window is opened for each card. '''PRINT LIST''' prints the selected records list. '''EXPORT TO EXCEL''' export the selected data in Excel format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== News ==&lt;br /&gt;
News is a service functionality used by Privacy Now®  staff to publish information about the service. Typical information may be announcements of new features or information on maintenance windows or service issues. News are scrolling titles in the news box positioned after below the left application menu. Just click on a scrolling news to access its detailed content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Records Management ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Create ===&lt;br /&gt;
Creating new records, including ''users'', is done by accessing and navigating the '''''Add New''''' menu item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Add_New_Self_Service_ENG_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Self service area to add new records.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just click on the item you want to create and this opens a dialog box where you can enter the related description or just press '''Create''' to generate a new record. Press ''Close'' to exit without creating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Update ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Updating a record can be done immediately after creating it or later when saved. See [[How_To#Search|Search]] section for more information on how to search existing records. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When focused on a record, the command bars allow to save it and additional tasks on the record:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Save''' - simply saves the record;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Save &amp;amp; Exit''' - saves the record and exits from the update form;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Save &amp;amp; Next''' - this command first performs a save and then immediately enables to move the record to the next desired step in the workflow;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Cancel''' - exits from the record without saving (unsaved updates will be lost);&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Reload''' - reloads the record (unsaved updates will be lost);&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Print''' - prints the record;&lt;br /&gt;
* ''' Quick Actions''': enables a context menu showing some shortcuts for commands enabling functionalities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Update_Record_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Record update screen.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When saving, remember to update all mandatory fields which are marked with a red asterisk in the form. If some mandatory content is missing, the system will warn by showing a textual message before the update form where the missing fields are reported. The ''User'' will then have the possibility to update and save again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Save &amp;amp; Next''' command opens a dialog form to choose the workflow transition to perform (and therefore the target status).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SaveNext_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|'''Save&amp;amp;Next''' dialog form.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dialog form, the ''user'' shall select the transition to perform and the command to execute:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Cancel''' - to exit from the form without executing any transition;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Apply''' - to execute the selected transition without saving the record in the destination status (if a reload of the record data is done before saving, the status will remain unchanged);&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Apply &amp;amp; Save''' - to execute the selected transition and save the record in the destination status (if a reload of the record data is done, the status will be the target one).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that the '''Apply &amp;amp; Save''' command won't be enabled if mandatory fields are missing to save the record in the target status. In such a case, use the '''Apply''' command, fill the missing values and then save the record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the ''Save &amp;amp; Next'' dialog box by clicking the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Transition Comment&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; tick box it is possible to enter a comment for the transition (e.g. the reason to perform it) which will be visibile in the history of the record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the ''user'' is lost and doesn't know how to proceed (which are the next posible workflow statuses), the ''Explore Workflow'' command will help by opening the explorer workflow window (see the figure above).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this window, the workflow is graphically presented. Each rectangle represents a workflow status and arrows connect possible transitions. The current status is yellow, the past ones grey, the target ones red (if the ''user'' hasn't privileges on a transition needed to move the record in the target status) or green (if the ''user'' has the privileges to execute a transition moving the record to the target status). The form is interactive:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* the ''user'' can see details about the roles and resources enabled to perform a transition by clicking on the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;details&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; label on the same transition;&lt;br /&gt;
* the ''user'' can recall the ''Save &amp;amp; Next'' dialog box by double clicking with the left mouse button on a green status (this will start the dialog box with a preselected transition).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ''user'' can change directly the record status selecting the target status from the drop down list box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the record, the ''user'' can move to the different content form by using the form selector (see the figure above). Depending on the type of record and the privileges of the 'user'', the visible form are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''General''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - containing the main information of the records;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Attachments''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - allowing to view or manage attachments;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Related Items''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - allowing to view and manage related records (e.g. ''risks'' related to a ''processing activity'');&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Messages''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - allowing to view and manage messages (mails) which will remain related to the record;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''History''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - showing the history of the changes performed for the record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Delete ===&lt;br /&gt;
''Privacy management processes'' are designed with end of life statuses for records (e.g. cancellation or completion). Therefore, the physical cancellation of records should not be necessary. However, should there be a reason to physically delete a record, this is possible for ''users'' with administrative privileges from the settings management. Go to [[Settings]] for more information on how to deleted specific records.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reports ==&lt;br /&gt;
Available reports are accessible from the left application menu or via command buttons in the records.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A main source for reporting is the export to excel functionality present in all ''views'' of data (see [[How_To#Menus_and_Views|Views]]). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additionally, ''dashboards'' are available (see [[How_To#Dashboards|Dashboards]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Search ==&lt;br /&gt;
Two main mechanisms support the search for record and information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* search tool;&lt;br /&gt;
* views and grid filtering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Search tool ===&lt;br /&gt;
The search tool is positioned in the top right corner of the application and it is shown in the picture below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Search_ENG_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Search tool.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before starting to search, it is necessary to set the search context among one of the possible values: &amp;quot;Text&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Record&amp;quot;. By default, &amp;quot;Record&amp;quot; is set if no value is entered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Record&amp;quot; search context assumes that the ''user'' is trying to access a record directly, by knowing its id (code). Therefore, just enter the id and press enter or the magnifier icon. If the corresponding record exists and the ''user'' has privileges to view it, the system will directly open the record form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Text&amp;quot; search context assumes that the ''user'' is searching a string text. Therefore, just enter the text and press enter or the magnifier icon. The system will present the list of the records where the text is found and the ''user'' will be able to access any by clicking on the list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Views and grid filtering ===&lt;br /&gt;
By accessing and filtering views, it is possible to search and access records. See [[How_To#Menus_and_Views|Views]] for more information.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sottini</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=How_To&amp;diff=775</id>
		<title>How To</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=How_To&amp;diff=775"/>
				<updated>2019-02-25T17:27:46Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sottini: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This section of Privacy-Now® guide introduces how to use the main functionalities of the tool.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Dashboards ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:vimeo|&lt;br /&gt;
https://vimeo.com/316809047|800||Video tutorial on using ''dashboards''.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Dashboards'' are automatically presented when logging to the system for the first time. The following ''dashboards'' are available:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Privacy Overview&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Access Requests''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Actions''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Audits''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Consents''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Data Breaches''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Issues / Non Conformities''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Privacy Impact Assessments''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Processing Activities''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Risks''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from the Overview ''dashboard'', which presents information from several processes, each ''dashboard'' is dedicated to a ''privacy management process''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Dashboards'' are composed of widgets (see the figure below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dashboard_Widget_ENG_v1.0.JPG| |thumb|800x800px|Example of ''dashboard'' widget.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Widgets are generally configured to be interactive. Clicking on a part of the widget with the left mouse button opens a context menu which presents the following options:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- '''Open Record List''', allowing to open a list of the records which correspond to the result clicked in the widget;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- '''Break Down''', allowing to drill down into the shown dimension;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- '''Back''', allowing to return to the upper dimension from which the drill down was done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the subscribed packaged, ''dashboards'' can be directly created or configured by ''users''. However, the guide to customize them is not included in this wiki.&lt;br /&gt;
Additionally, ''Dashboards'' are continuously improved and clients suggestions are welcome to this aim.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, remember that the trial subscription has limited access to the '''dashboards'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Menus and Views ==&lt;br /&gt;
Menu items are accessible from the left menu bar of the and they may launch functionalities or ''views''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:View_ENG_v1.0.JPG|left |thumb|800x800px|Example of ''view''.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''views'' records can be sorted with column headers and paged with paging commands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is also possible to filter data. Pressing on the magnifier icon activates the grid filtering fields. They work logically in AND and they filter the records in ''view''. The '''GO''' command activates the entered criteria and the '''RESET''' command removes them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''PRINT''' prints the selected (using tick boxes column) records cards. A new browser window is opened for each card. '''PRINT LIST''' prints the selected records list. '''EXPORT TO EXCEL''' export the selected data in Excel format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== News ==&lt;br /&gt;
News is a service functionality used by Privacy Now®  staff to publish information about the service. Typical information may be announcements of new features or information on maintenance windows or service issues. News are scrolling titles in the news box positioned after below the left application menu. Just click on a scrolling news to access its detailed content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Records Management ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Create ===&lt;br /&gt;
Creating new records, including ''users'', is done by accessing and navigating the '''''Add New''''' menu item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Add_New_Self_Service_ENG_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Self service area to add new records.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just click on the item you want to create and this opens a dialog box where you can enter the related description or just press '''Create''' to generate a new record. Press ''Close'' to exit without creating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Update ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Updating a record can be done immediately after creating it or later when saved. See [[How_To#Search|Search]] section for more information on how to search existing records. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When focused on a record, the command bars allow to save it and additional tasks on the record:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Save''' - simply saves the record;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Save &amp;amp; Exit''' - saves the record and exits from the update form;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Save &amp;amp; Next''' - this command first performs a save and then immediately enables to move the record to the next desired step in the workflow;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Cancel''' - exits from the record without saving (unsaved updates will be lost);&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Reload''' - reloads the record (unsaved updates will be lost);&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Print''' - prints the record;&lt;br /&gt;
* ''' Quick Actions''': enables a context menu showing some shortcuts for commands enabling functionalities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Update_Record_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Record update screen.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When saving, remember to update all mandatory fields which are marked with a red asterisk in the form. If some mandatory content is missing, the system will warn by showing a textual message before the update form where the missing fields are reported. The ''User'' will then have the possibility to update and save again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Save &amp;amp; Next''' command opens a dialog form to choose the workflow transition to perform (and therefore the target status).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SaveNext_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|'''Save&amp;amp;Next''' dialog form.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dialog form, the ''user'' shall select the transition to perform and the command to execute:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Cancel''' - to exit from the form without executing any transition;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Apply''' - to execute the selected transition without saving the record in the destination status (if a reload of the record data is done before saving, the status will remain unchanged);&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Apply &amp;amp; Save''' - to execute the selected transition and save the record in the destination status (if a reload of the record data is done, the status will be the target one).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that the '''Apply &amp;amp; Save''' command won't be enabled if mandatory fields are missing to save the record in the target status. In such a case, use the '''Apply''' command, fill the missing values and then save the record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the ''Save &amp;amp; Next'' dialog box by clicking the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Transition Comment&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; tick box it is possible to enter a comment for the transition (e.g. the reason to perform it) which will be visibile in the history of the record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the ''user'' is lost and doesn't know how to proceed (which are the next posible workflow statuses), the ''Explore Workflow'' command will help by opening the explorer workflow window (see the figure above).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this window, the workflow is graphically presented. Each rectangle represents a workflow status and arrows connect possible transitions. The current status is yellow, the past ones grey, the target ones red (if the ''user'' hasn't privileges on a transition needed to move the record in the target status) or green (if the ''user'' has the privileges to execute a transition moving the record to the target status). The form is interactive:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* the ''user'' can see details about the roles and resources enabled to perform a transition by clicking on the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;details&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; label on the same transition;&lt;br /&gt;
* the ''user'' can recall the ''Save &amp;amp; Next'' dialog box by double clicking with the left mouse button on a green status (this will start the dialog box with a preselected transition).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ''user'' can change directly the record status selecting the target status from the drop down list box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the record, the ''user'' can move to the different content form by using the form selector (see the figure above). Depending on the type of record and the privileges of the 'user'', the visible form are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''General''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - containing the main information of the records;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Attachments''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - allowing to view or manage attachments;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Related Items''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - allowing to view and manage related records (e.g. ''risks'' related to a ''processing activity'');&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Messages''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - allowing to view and manage messages (mails) which will remain related to the record;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''History''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - showing the history of the changes performed for the record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Delete ===&lt;br /&gt;
''Privacy management processes'' are designed with end of life statuses for records (e.g. cancellation or completion). Therefore, the physical cancellation of records should not be necessary. However, should there be a reason to physically delete a record, this is possible for ''users'' with administrative privileges from the settings management. Go to [[Settings]] for more information on how to deleted specific records.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reports ==&lt;br /&gt;
Available reports are accessible from the left application menu or via command buttons in the records.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A main source for reporting is the export to excel functionality present in all ''views'' of data (see [[How_To#Menus_and_Views|Views]]). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additionally, ''dashboards'' are available (see [[How_To#Dashboards|Dashboards]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Search ==&lt;br /&gt;
Two main mechanisms support the search for record and information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* search tool;&lt;br /&gt;
* views and grid filtering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Search tool ===&lt;br /&gt;
The search tool is positioned in the top right corner of the application and it is shown in the picture below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Search_ENG_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Search tool.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before starting to search, it is necessary to set the search context among one of the possible values: &amp;quot;Text&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Record&amp;quot;. By default, &amp;quot;Record&amp;quot; is set if no value is entered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Record&amp;quot; search context assumes that the ''user'' is trying to access a record directly, by knowing its id (code). Therefore, just enter the id and press enter or the magnifier icon. If the corresponding record exists and the ''user'' has privileges to view it, the system will directly open the record form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Text&amp;quot; search context assumes that the ''user'' is searching a string text. Therefore, just enter the text and press enter or the magnifier icon. The system will present the list of the records where the text is found and the ''user'' will be able to access any by clicking on the list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Views and grid filtering ===&lt;br /&gt;
By accessing and filtering views, it is possible to search and access records. See [[How_To#Menus_and_Views|Views]] for more information.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sottini</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=How_To&amp;diff=774</id>
		<title>How To</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=How_To&amp;diff=774"/>
				<updated>2019-02-25T17:27:23Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sottini: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This section of Privacy-Now® guide introduces how to use the main functionalities of the tool.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Dashboards ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:vimeo|&lt;br /&gt;
https://vimeo.com/316809047|800||Video tutorial on using ''dashboards''.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Dashboards'' are automatically presented when logging to the system for the first time. The following ''dashboards'' are available:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Privacy Overview&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Access Requests''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Actions''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Audits''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Consents''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Data Breaches''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Issues / Non Conformities''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Privacy Impact Assessments''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Processing Activities''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Risks''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from the Overview ''dashboard'', which presents information from several processes, each ''dashboard'' is dedicated to a ''privacy management process''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Dashboards'' are composed of widgets (see the figure below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dashboard_Widget_ENG_v1.0.JPG| |thumb|800x800px|Example of ''dashboard'' widget.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Widgets are generally configured to be interactive. Clicking on a part of the widget with the left mouse button opens a context menu which presents the following options:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- '''Open Record List''', allowing to open a list of the records which correspond to the result clicked in the widget;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- '''Break Down''', allowing to drill down into the shown dimension;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- '''Back''', allowing to return to the upper dimension from which the drill down was done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the subscribed packaged, ''dashboards'' can be directly created or configured by ''users''. However, the guide to customize them is not included in this wiki.&lt;br /&gt;
Additionally, ''Dashboards'' are continuously improved and clients suggestions are welcome to this aim.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, remember that the trial subscription has limited access to the '''dashboards'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Menus and Views ==&lt;br /&gt;
Menu items are accessible from the left menu bar of the and they may launch functionalities or ''views''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:View_ENG_v1.0.JPG| |thumb|800x800px|Example of ''view''.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''views'' records can be sorted with column headers and paged with paging commands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is also possible to filter data. Pressing on the magnifier icon activates the grid filtering fields. They work logically in AND and they filter the records in ''view''. The '''GO''' command activates the entered criteria and the '''RESET''' command removes them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''PRINT''' prints the selected (using tick boxes column) records cards. A new browser window is opened for each card. '''PRINT LIST''' prints the selected records list. '''EXPORT TO EXCEL''' export the selected data in Excel format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== News ==&lt;br /&gt;
News is a service functionality used by Privacy Now®  staff to publish information about the service. Typical information may be announcements of new features or information on maintenance windows or service issues. News are scrolling titles in the news box positioned after below the left application menu. Just click on a scrolling news to access its detailed content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Records Management ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Create ===&lt;br /&gt;
Creating new records, including ''users'', is done by accessing and navigating the '''''Add New''''' menu item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Add_New_Self_Service_ENG_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Self service area to add new records.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just click on the item you want to create and this opens a dialog box where you can enter the related description or just press '''Create''' to generate a new record. Press ''Close'' to exit without creating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Update ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Updating a record can be done immediately after creating it or later when saved. See [[How_To#Search|Search]] section for more information on how to search existing records. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When focused on a record, the command bars allow to save it and additional tasks on the record:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Save''' - simply saves the record;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Save &amp;amp; Exit''' - saves the record and exits from the update form;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Save &amp;amp; Next''' - this command first performs a save and then immediately enables to move the record to the next desired step in the workflow;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Cancel''' - exits from the record without saving (unsaved updates will be lost);&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Reload''' - reloads the record (unsaved updates will be lost);&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Print''' - prints the record;&lt;br /&gt;
* ''' Quick Actions''': enables a context menu showing some shortcuts for commands enabling functionalities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Update_Record_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Record update screen.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When saving, remember to update all mandatory fields which are marked with a red asterisk in the form. If some mandatory content is missing, the system will warn by showing a textual message before the update form where the missing fields are reported. The ''User'' will then have the possibility to update and save again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Save &amp;amp; Next''' command opens a dialog form to choose the workflow transition to perform (and therefore the target status).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SaveNext_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|'''Save&amp;amp;Next''' dialog form.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dialog form, the ''user'' shall select the transition to perform and the command to execute:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Cancel''' - to exit from the form without executing any transition;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Apply''' - to execute the selected transition without saving the record in the destination status (if a reload of the record data is done before saving, the status will remain unchanged);&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Apply &amp;amp; Save''' - to execute the selected transition and save the record in the destination status (if a reload of the record data is done, the status will be the target one).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that the '''Apply &amp;amp; Save''' command won't be enabled if mandatory fields are missing to save the record in the target status. In such a case, use the '''Apply''' command, fill the missing values and then save the record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the ''Save &amp;amp; Next'' dialog box by clicking the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Transition Comment&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; tick box it is possible to enter a comment for the transition (e.g. the reason to perform it) which will be visibile in the history of the record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the ''user'' is lost and doesn't know how to proceed (which are the next posible workflow statuses), the ''Explore Workflow'' command will help by opening the explorer workflow window (see the figure above).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this window, the workflow is graphically presented. Each rectangle represents a workflow status and arrows connect possible transitions. The current status is yellow, the past ones grey, the target ones red (if the ''user'' hasn't privileges on a transition needed to move the record in the target status) or green (if the ''user'' has the privileges to execute a transition moving the record to the target status). The form is interactive:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* the ''user'' can see details about the roles and resources enabled to perform a transition by clicking on the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;details&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; label on the same transition;&lt;br /&gt;
* the ''user'' can recall the ''Save &amp;amp; Next'' dialog box by double clicking with the left mouse button on a green status (this will start the dialog box with a preselected transition).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ''user'' can change directly the record status selecting the target status from the drop down list box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the record, the ''user'' can move to the different content form by using the form selector (see the figure above). Depending on the type of record and the privileges of the 'user'', the visible form are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''General''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - containing the main information of the records;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Attachments''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - allowing to view or manage attachments;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Related Items''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - allowing to view and manage related records (e.g. ''risks'' related to a ''processing activity'');&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Messages''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - allowing to view and manage messages (mails) which will remain related to the record;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''History''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - showing the history of the changes performed for the record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Delete ===&lt;br /&gt;
''Privacy management processes'' are designed with end of life statuses for records (e.g. cancellation or completion). Therefore, the physical cancellation of records should not be necessary. However, should there be a reason to physically delete a record, this is possible for ''users'' with administrative privileges from the settings management. Go to [[Settings]] for more information on how to deleted specific records.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reports ==&lt;br /&gt;
Available reports are accessible from the left application menu or via command buttons in the records.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A main source for reporting is the export to excel functionality present in all ''views'' of data (see [[How_To#Menus_and_Views|Views]]). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additionally, ''dashboards'' are available (see [[How_To#Dashboards|Dashboards]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Search ==&lt;br /&gt;
Two main mechanisms support the search for record and information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* search tool;&lt;br /&gt;
* views and grid filtering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Search tool ===&lt;br /&gt;
The search tool is positioned in the top right corner of the application and it is shown in the picture below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Search_ENG_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Search tool.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before starting to search, it is necessary to set the search context among one of the possible values: &amp;quot;Text&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Record&amp;quot;. By default, &amp;quot;Record&amp;quot; is set if no value is entered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Record&amp;quot; search context assumes that the ''user'' is trying to access a record directly, by knowing its id (code). Therefore, just enter the id and press enter or the magnifier icon. If the corresponding record exists and the ''user'' has privileges to view it, the system will directly open the record form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Text&amp;quot; search context assumes that the ''user'' is searching a string text. Therefore, just enter the text and press enter or the magnifier icon. The system will present the list of the records where the text is found and the ''user'' will be able to access any by clicking on the list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Views and grid filtering ===&lt;br /&gt;
By accessing and filtering views, it is possible to search and access records. See [[How_To#Menus_and_Views|Views]] for more information.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sottini</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=How_To&amp;diff=773</id>
		<title>How To</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=How_To&amp;diff=773"/>
				<updated>2019-02-25T17:26:21Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sottini: /* Dashboards */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This section of Privacy-Now® guide introduces how to use the main functionalities of the tool.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Dashboards ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:vimeo|&lt;br /&gt;
https://vimeo.com/316809047|800||Video tutorial on using ''dashboards''.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Dashboards'' are automatically presented when logging to the system for the first time. The following ''dashboards'' are available:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Privacy Overview&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Access Requests''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Actions''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Audits''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Consents''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Data Breaches''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Issues / Non Conformities''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Privacy Impact Assessments''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Processing Activities''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Risks''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from the Overview ''dashboard'', which presents information from several processes, each ''dashboard'' is dedicated to a ''privacy management process''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Dashboards'' are composed of widgets (see the figure below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dashboard_Widget_ENG_v1.0.JPG|left|thumb|800x800px|Example of ''dashboard'' widget.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Widgets are generally configured to be interactive. Clicking on a part of the widget with the left mouse button opens a context menu which presents the following options:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- '''Open Record List''', allowing to open a list of the records which correspond to the result clicked in the widget;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- '''Break Down''', allowing to drill down into the shown dimension;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- '''Back''', allowing to return to the upper dimension from which the drill down was done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the subscribed packaged, ''dashboards'' can be directly created or configured by ''users''. However, the guide to customize them is not included in this wiki.&lt;br /&gt;
Additionally, ''Dashboards'' are continuously improved and clients suggestions are welcome to this aim.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, remember that the trial subscription has limited access to the '''dashboards'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Menus and Views ==&lt;br /&gt;
Menu items are accessible from the left menu bar of the and they may launch functionalities or ''views''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:View_ENG_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Example of ''view''.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''views'' records can be sorted with column headers and paged with paging commands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is also possible to filter data. Pressing on the magnifier icon activates the grid filtering fields. They work logically in AND and they filter the records in ''view''. The '''GO''' command activates the entered criteria and the '''RESET''' command removes them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''PRINT''' prints the selected (using tick boxes column) records cards. A new browser window is opened for each card. '''PRINT LIST''' prints the selected records list. '''EXPORT TO EXCEL''' export the selected data in Excel format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== News ==&lt;br /&gt;
News is a service functionality used by Privacy Now®  staff to publish information about the service. Typical information may be announcements of new features or information on maintenance windows or service issues. News are scrolling titles in the news box positioned after below the left application menu. Just click on a scrolling news to access its detailed content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Records Management ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Create ===&lt;br /&gt;
Creating new records, including ''users'', is done by accessing and navigating the '''''Add New''''' menu item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Add_New_Self_Service_ENG_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Self service area to add new records.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just click on the item you want to create and this opens a dialog box where you can enter the related description or just press '''Create''' to generate a new record. Press ''Close'' to exit without creating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Update ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Updating a record can be done immediately after creating it or later when saved. See [[How_To#Search|Search]] section for more information on how to search existing records. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When focused on a record, the command bars allow to save it and additional tasks on the record:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Save''' - simply saves the record;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Save &amp;amp; Exit''' - saves the record and exits from the update form;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Save &amp;amp; Next''' - this command first performs a save and then immediately enables to move the record to the next desired step in the workflow;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Cancel''' - exits from the record without saving (unsaved updates will be lost);&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Reload''' - reloads the record (unsaved updates will be lost);&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Print''' - prints the record;&lt;br /&gt;
* ''' Quick Actions''': enables a context menu showing some shortcuts for commands enabling functionalities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Update_Record_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Record update screen.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When saving, remember to update all mandatory fields which are marked with a red asterisk in the form. If some mandatory content is missing, the system will warn by showing a textual message before the update form where the missing fields are reported. The ''User'' will then have the possibility to update and save again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Save &amp;amp; Next''' command opens a dialog form to choose the workflow transition to perform (and therefore the target status).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SaveNext_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|'''Save&amp;amp;Next''' dialog form.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dialog form, the ''user'' shall select the transition to perform and the command to execute:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Cancel''' - to exit from the form without executing any transition;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Apply''' - to execute the selected transition without saving the record in the destination status (if a reload of the record data is done before saving, the status will remain unchanged);&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Apply &amp;amp; Save''' - to execute the selected transition and save the record in the destination status (if a reload of the record data is done, the status will be the target one).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that the '''Apply &amp;amp; Save''' command won't be enabled if mandatory fields are missing to save the record in the target status. In such a case, use the '''Apply''' command, fill the missing values and then save the record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the ''Save &amp;amp; Next'' dialog box by clicking the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Transition Comment&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; tick box it is possible to enter a comment for the transition (e.g. the reason to perform it) which will be visibile in the history of the record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the ''user'' is lost and doesn't know how to proceed (which are the next posible workflow statuses), the ''Explore Workflow'' command will help by opening the explorer workflow window (see the figure above).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this window, the workflow is graphically presented. Each rectangle represents a workflow status and arrows connect possible transitions. The current status is yellow, the past ones grey, the target ones red (if the ''user'' hasn't privileges on a transition needed to move the record in the target status) or green (if the ''user'' has the privileges to execute a transition moving the record to the target status). The form is interactive:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* the ''user'' can see details about the roles and resources enabled to perform a transition by clicking on the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;details&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; label on the same transition;&lt;br /&gt;
* the ''user'' can recall the ''Save &amp;amp; Next'' dialog box by double clicking with the left mouse button on a green status (this will start the dialog box with a preselected transition).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ''user'' can change directly the record status selecting the target status from the drop down list box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the record, the ''user'' can move to the different content form by using the form selector (see the figure above). Depending on the type of record and the privileges of the 'user'', the visible form are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''General''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - containing the main information of the records;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Attachments''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - allowing to view or manage attachments;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Related Items''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - allowing to view and manage related records (e.g. ''risks'' related to a ''processing activity'');&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Messages''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - allowing to view and manage messages (mails) which will remain related to the record;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''History''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - showing the history of the changes performed for the record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Delete ===&lt;br /&gt;
''Privacy management processes'' are designed with end of life statuses for records (e.g. cancellation or completion). Therefore, the physical cancellation of records should not be necessary. However, should there be a reason to physically delete a record, this is possible for ''users'' with administrative privileges from the settings management. Go to [[Settings]] for more information on how to deleted specific records.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reports ==&lt;br /&gt;
Available reports are accessible from the left application menu or via command buttons in the records.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A main source for reporting is the export to excel functionality present in all ''views'' of data (see [[How_To#Menus_and_Views|Views]]). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additionally, ''dashboards'' are available (see [[How_To#Dashboards|Dashboards]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Search ==&lt;br /&gt;
Two main mechanisms support the search for record and information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* search tool;&lt;br /&gt;
* views and grid filtering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Search tool ===&lt;br /&gt;
The search tool is positioned in the top right corner of the application and it is shown in the picture below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Search_ENG_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Search tool.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before starting to search, it is necessary to set the search context among one of the possible values: &amp;quot;Text&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Record&amp;quot;. By default, &amp;quot;Record&amp;quot; is set if no value is entered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Record&amp;quot; search context assumes that the ''user'' is trying to access a record directly, by knowing its id (code). Therefore, just enter the id and press enter or the magnifier icon. If the corresponding record exists and the ''user'' has privileges to view it, the system will directly open the record form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Text&amp;quot; search context assumes that the ''user'' is searching a string text. Therefore, just enter the text and press enter or the magnifier icon. The system will present the list of the records where the text is found and the ''user'' will be able to access any by clicking on the list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Views and grid filtering ===&lt;br /&gt;
By accessing and filtering views, it is possible to search and access records. See [[How_To#Menus_and_Views|Views]] for more information.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sottini</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=How_To&amp;diff=772</id>
		<title>How To</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=How_To&amp;diff=772"/>
				<updated>2019-02-25T17:26:03Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sottini: /* Dashboards */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This section of Privacy-Now® guide introduces how to use the main functionalities of the tool.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Dashboards ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:vimeo|&lt;br /&gt;
https://vimeo.com/316809047|800|center|Video tutorial on using ''dashboards''.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Dashboards'' are automatically presented when logging to the system for the first time. The following ''dashboards'' are available:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Privacy Overview&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Access Requests''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Actions''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Audits''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Consents''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Data Breaches''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Issues / Non Conformities''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Privacy Impact Assessments''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Processing Activities''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Risks''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from the Overview ''dashboard'', which presents information from several processes, each ''dashboard'' is dedicated to a ''privacy management process''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Dashboards'' are composed of widgets (see the figure below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dashboard_Widget_ENG_v1.0.JPG|left|thumb|800x800px|Example of ''dashboard'' widget.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Widgets are generally configured to be interactive. Clicking on a part of the widget with the left mouse button opens a context menu which presents the following options:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- '''Open Record List''', allowing to open a list of the records which correspond to the result clicked in the widget;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- '''Break Down''', allowing to drill down into the shown dimension;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- '''Back''', allowing to return to the upper dimension from which the drill down was done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the subscribed packaged, ''dashboards'' can be directly created or configured by ''users''. However, the guide to customize them is not included in this wiki.&lt;br /&gt;
Additionally, ''Dashboards'' are continuously improved and clients suggestions are welcome to this aim.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, remember that the trial subscription has limited access to the '''dashboards'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Menus and Views ==&lt;br /&gt;
Menu items are accessible from the left menu bar of the and they may launch functionalities or ''views''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:View_ENG_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Example of ''view''.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''views'' records can be sorted with column headers and paged with paging commands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is also possible to filter data. Pressing on the magnifier icon activates the grid filtering fields. They work logically in AND and they filter the records in ''view''. The '''GO''' command activates the entered criteria and the '''RESET''' command removes them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''PRINT''' prints the selected (using tick boxes column) records cards. A new browser window is opened for each card. '''PRINT LIST''' prints the selected records list. '''EXPORT TO EXCEL''' export the selected data in Excel format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== News ==&lt;br /&gt;
News is a service functionality used by Privacy Now®  staff to publish information about the service. Typical information may be announcements of new features or information on maintenance windows or service issues. News are scrolling titles in the news box positioned after below the left application menu. Just click on a scrolling news to access its detailed content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Records Management ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Create ===&lt;br /&gt;
Creating new records, including ''users'', is done by accessing and navigating the '''''Add New''''' menu item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Add_New_Self_Service_ENG_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Self service area to add new records.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just click on the item you want to create and this opens a dialog box where you can enter the related description or just press '''Create''' to generate a new record. Press ''Close'' to exit without creating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Update ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Updating a record can be done immediately after creating it or later when saved. See [[How_To#Search|Search]] section for more information on how to search existing records. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When focused on a record, the command bars allow to save it and additional tasks on the record:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Save''' - simply saves the record;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Save &amp;amp; Exit''' - saves the record and exits from the update form;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Save &amp;amp; Next''' - this command first performs a save and then immediately enables to move the record to the next desired step in the workflow;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Cancel''' - exits from the record without saving (unsaved updates will be lost);&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Reload''' - reloads the record (unsaved updates will be lost);&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Print''' - prints the record;&lt;br /&gt;
* ''' Quick Actions''': enables a context menu showing some shortcuts for commands enabling functionalities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Update_Record_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Record update screen.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When saving, remember to update all mandatory fields which are marked with a red asterisk in the form. If some mandatory content is missing, the system will warn by showing a textual message before the update form where the missing fields are reported. The ''User'' will then have the possibility to update and save again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Save &amp;amp; Next''' command opens a dialog form to choose the workflow transition to perform (and therefore the target status).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SaveNext_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|'''Save&amp;amp;Next''' dialog form.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dialog form, the ''user'' shall select the transition to perform and the command to execute:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Cancel''' - to exit from the form without executing any transition;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Apply''' - to execute the selected transition without saving the record in the destination status (if a reload of the record data is done before saving, the status will remain unchanged);&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Apply &amp;amp; Save''' - to execute the selected transition and save the record in the destination status (if a reload of the record data is done, the status will be the target one).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that the '''Apply &amp;amp; Save''' command won't be enabled if mandatory fields are missing to save the record in the target status. In such a case, use the '''Apply''' command, fill the missing values and then save the record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the ''Save &amp;amp; Next'' dialog box by clicking the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Transition Comment&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; tick box it is possible to enter a comment for the transition (e.g. the reason to perform it) which will be visibile in the history of the record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the ''user'' is lost and doesn't know how to proceed (which are the next posible workflow statuses), the ''Explore Workflow'' command will help by opening the explorer workflow window (see the figure above).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this window, the workflow is graphically presented. Each rectangle represents a workflow status and arrows connect possible transitions. The current status is yellow, the past ones grey, the target ones red (if the ''user'' hasn't privileges on a transition needed to move the record in the target status) or green (if the ''user'' has the privileges to execute a transition moving the record to the target status). The form is interactive:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* the ''user'' can see details about the roles and resources enabled to perform a transition by clicking on the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;details&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; label on the same transition;&lt;br /&gt;
* the ''user'' can recall the ''Save &amp;amp; Next'' dialog box by double clicking with the left mouse button on a green status (this will start the dialog box with a preselected transition).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ''user'' can change directly the record status selecting the target status from the drop down list box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the record, the ''user'' can move to the different content form by using the form selector (see the figure above). Depending on the type of record and the privileges of the 'user'', the visible form are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''General''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - containing the main information of the records;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Attachments''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - allowing to view or manage attachments;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Related Items''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - allowing to view and manage related records (e.g. ''risks'' related to a ''processing activity'');&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Messages''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - allowing to view and manage messages (mails) which will remain related to the record;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''History''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - showing the history of the changes performed for the record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Delete ===&lt;br /&gt;
''Privacy management processes'' are designed with end of life statuses for records (e.g. cancellation or completion). Therefore, the physical cancellation of records should not be necessary. However, should there be a reason to physically delete a record, this is possible for ''users'' with administrative privileges from the settings management. Go to [[Settings]] for more information on how to deleted specific records.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reports ==&lt;br /&gt;
Available reports are accessible from the left application menu or via command buttons in the records.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A main source for reporting is the export to excel functionality present in all ''views'' of data (see [[How_To#Menus_and_Views|Views]]). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additionally, ''dashboards'' are available (see [[How_To#Dashboards|Dashboards]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Search ==&lt;br /&gt;
Two main mechanisms support the search for record and information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* search tool;&lt;br /&gt;
* views and grid filtering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Search tool ===&lt;br /&gt;
The search tool is positioned in the top right corner of the application and it is shown in the picture below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Search_ENG_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Search tool.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before starting to search, it is necessary to set the search context among one of the possible values: &amp;quot;Text&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Record&amp;quot;. By default, &amp;quot;Record&amp;quot; is set if no value is entered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Record&amp;quot; search context assumes that the ''user'' is trying to access a record directly, by knowing its id (code). Therefore, just enter the id and press enter or the magnifier icon. If the corresponding record exists and the ''user'' has privileges to view it, the system will directly open the record form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Text&amp;quot; search context assumes that the ''user'' is searching a string text. Therefore, just enter the text and press enter or the magnifier icon. The system will present the list of the records where the text is found and the ''user'' will be able to access any by clicking on the list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Views and grid filtering ===&lt;br /&gt;
By accessing and filtering views, it is possible to search and access records. See [[How_To#Menus_and_Views|Views]] for more information.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sottini</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=How_To&amp;diff=771</id>
		<title>How To</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=How_To&amp;diff=771"/>
				<updated>2019-02-25T17:25:35Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sottini: /* Dashboards */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This section of Privacy-Now® guide introduces how to use the main functionalities of the tool.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Dashboards ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:vimeo|&lt;br /&gt;
https://vimeo.com/316809047|800|center|Video tutorial on using ''dashboards''.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Dashboards'' are automatically presented when logging to the system for the first time. The following ''dashboards'' are available:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Privacy Overview&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Access Requests''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Actions''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Audits''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Consents''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Data Breaches''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Issues / Non Conformities''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Privacy Impact Assessments''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Processing Activities''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Risks''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from the Overview ''dashboard'', which presents information from several processes, each ''dashboard'' is dedicated to a ''privacy management process''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Dashboards'' are composed of widgets (see the figure below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dashboard_Widget_ENG_v1.0.JPG||thumb|800x800px|Example of ''dashboard'' widget.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Widgets are generally configured to be interactive. Clicking on a part of the widget with the left mouse button opens a context menu which presents the following options:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- '''Open Record List''', allowing to open a list of the records which correspond to the result clicked in the widget;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- '''Break Down''', allowing to drill down into the shown dimension;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- '''Back''', allowing to return to the upper dimension from which the drill down was done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the subscribed packaged, ''dashboards'' can be directly created or configured by ''users''. However, the guide to customize them is not included in this wiki.&lt;br /&gt;
Additionally, ''Dashboards'' are continuously improved and clients suggestions are welcome to this aim.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, remember that the trial subscription has limited access to the '''dashboards'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Menus and Views ==&lt;br /&gt;
Menu items are accessible from the left menu bar of the and they may launch functionalities or ''views''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:View_ENG_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Example of ''view''.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''views'' records can be sorted with column headers and paged with paging commands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is also possible to filter data. Pressing on the magnifier icon activates the grid filtering fields. They work logically in AND and they filter the records in ''view''. The '''GO''' command activates the entered criteria and the '''RESET''' command removes them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''PRINT''' prints the selected (using tick boxes column) records cards. A new browser window is opened for each card. '''PRINT LIST''' prints the selected records list. '''EXPORT TO EXCEL''' export the selected data in Excel format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== News ==&lt;br /&gt;
News is a service functionality used by Privacy Now®  staff to publish information about the service. Typical information may be announcements of new features or information on maintenance windows or service issues. News are scrolling titles in the news box positioned after below the left application menu. Just click on a scrolling news to access its detailed content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Records Management ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Create ===&lt;br /&gt;
Creating new records, including ''users'', is done by accessing and navigating the '''''Add New''''' menu item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Add_New_Self_Service_ENG_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Self service area to add new records.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just click on the item you want to create and this opens a dialog box where you can enter the related description or just press '''Create''' to generate a new record. Press ''Close'' to exit without creating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Update ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Updating a record can be done immediately after creating it or later when saved. See [[How_To#Search|Search]] section for more information on how to search existing records. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When focused on a record, the command bars allow to save it and additional tasks on the record:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Save''' - simply saves the record;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Save &amp;amp; Exit''' - saves the record and exits from the update form;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Save &amp;amp; Next''' - this command first performs a save and then immediately enables to move the record to the next desired step in the workflow;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Cancel''' - exits from the record without saving (unsaved updates will be lost);&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Reload''' - reloads the record (unsaved updates will be lost);&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Print''' - prints the record;&lt;br /&gt;
* ''' Quick Actions''': enables a context menu showing some shortcuts for commands enabling functionalities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Update_Record_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Record update screen.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When saving, remember to update all mandatory fields which are marked with a red asterisk in the form. If some mandatory content is missing, the system will warn by showing a textual message before the update form where the missing fields are reported. The ''User'' will then have the possibility to update and save again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Save &amp;amp; Next''' command opens a dialog form to choose the workflow transition to perform (and therefore the target status).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SaveNext_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|'''Save&amp;amp;Next''' dialog form.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dialog form, the ''user'' shall select the transition to perform and the command to execute:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Cancel''' - to exit from the form without executing any transition;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Apply''' - to execute the selected transition without saving the record in the destination status (if a reload of the record data is done before saving, the status will remain unchanged);&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Apply &amp;amp; Save''' - to execute the selected transition and save the record in the destination status (if a reload of the record data is done, the status will be the target one).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that the '''Apply &amp;amp; Save''' command won't be enabled if mandatory fields are missing to save the record in the target status. In such a case, use the '''Apply''' command, fill the missing values and then save the record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the ''Save &amp;amp; Next'' dialog box by clicking the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Transition Comment&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; tick box it is possible to enter a comment for the transition (e.g. the reason to perform it) which will be visibile in the history of the record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the ''user'' is lost and doesn't know how to proceed (which are the next posible workflow statuses), the ''Explore Workflow'' command will help by opening the explorer workflow window (see the figure above).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this window, the workflow is graphically presented. Each rectangle represents a workflow status and arrows connect possible transitions. The current status is yellow, the past ones grey, the target ones red (if the ''user'' hasn't privileges on a transition needed to move the record in the target status) or green (if the ''user'' has the privileges to execute a transition moving the record to the target status). The form is interactive:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* the ''user'' can see details about the roles and resources enabled to perform a transition by clicking on the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;details&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; label on the same transition;&lt;br /&gt;
* the ''user'' can recall the ''Save &amp;amp; Next'' dialog box by double clicking with the left mouse button on a green status (this will start the dialog box with a preselected transition).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ''user'' can change directly the record status selecting the target status from the drop down list box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the record, the ''user'' can move to the different content form by using the form selector (see the figure above). Depending on the type of record and the privileges of the 'user'', the visible form are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''General''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - containing the main information of the records;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Attachments''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - allowing to view or manage attachments;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Related Items''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - allowing to view and manage related records (e.g. ''risks'' related to a ''processing activity'');&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Messages''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - allowing to view and manage messages (mails) which will remain related to the record;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''History''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - showing the history of the changes performed for the record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Delete ===&lt;br /&gt;
''Privacy management processes'' are designed with end of life statuses for records (e.g. cancellation or completion). Therefore, the physical cancellation of records should not be necessary. However, should there be a reason to physically delete a record, this is possible for ''users'' with administrative privileges from the settings management. Go to [[Settings]] for more information on how to deleted specific records.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reports ==&lt;br /&gt;
Available reports are accessible from the left application menu or via command buttons in the records.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A main source for reporting is the export to excel functionality present in all ''views'' of data (see [[How_To#Menus_and_Views|Views]]). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additionally, ''dashboards'' are available (see [[How_To#Dashboards|Dashboards]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Search ==&lt;br /&gt;
Two main mechanisms support the search for record and information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* search tool;&lt;br /&gt;
* views and grid filtering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Search tool ===&lt;br /&gt;
The search tool is positioned in the top right corner of the application and it is shown in the picture below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Search_ENG_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Search tool.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before starting to search, it is necessary to set the search context among one of the possible values: &amp;quot;Text&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Record&amp;quot;. By default, &amp;quot;Record&amp;quot; is set if no value is entered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Record&amp;quot; search context assumes that the ''user'' is trying to access a record directly, by knowing its id (code). Therefore, just enter the id and press enter or the magnifier icon. If the corresponding record exists and the ''user'' has privileges to view it, the system will directly open the record form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Text&amp;quot; search context assumes that the ''user'' is searching a string text. Therefore, just enter the text and press enter or the magnifier icon. The system will present the list of the records where the text is found and the ''user'' will be able to access any by clicking on the list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Views and grid filtering ===&lt;br /&gt;
By accessing and filtering views, it is possible to search and access records. See [[How_To#Menus_and_Views|Views]] for more information.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sottini</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=Welcome&amp;diff=770</id>
		<title>Welcome</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=Welcome&amp;diff=770"/>
				<updated>2019-02-25T17:25:05Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sottini: /* Introduction */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
This is the guide website of the service Privacy-Now®.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This guide is in English. You may find versions in other languages at these links:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Language!! Web address (url)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|French || [http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/fr Privacy-Now® guide in French]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Italian || [http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/it Privacy-Now® guide in Italian]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This guide is applicable to the subscriptions &amp;quot;Trial&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Start&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Basic&amp;quot;. [https://www.privacy-now.eu/en/contact-us.html Contact] Privacy-Now® for documentation about other subscriptions or versions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is a short introduction video of Privacy-Now®:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:vimeo|https://vimeo.com/319471122|800||Video introduction to ''Privacy-Now®''.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Structure of this guide ==&lt;br /&gt;
This guide is divided in sections that can be recognized in the left menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Application guides ===&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, you will find the following topics:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Guide Topic !! Content&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Quick Start]] || An explanation of the steps to follow to setup and be able to work with Privacy-Now®. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[How To]] || Description of the basic logics and functionalities of Privacy-Now®.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Users &amp;amp; Groups]] || Details of ''users'' and ''groups'' management.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Frequently Asked Questions]] || In this page you will find  frequently asked questions Privacy-Now®. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Disclaimers]] || This page contains the Disclaimer on the use of Privacy-Now®.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Terms &amp;amp; Conditions of Use]] || This page contains the Terms and Conditions of Use of Privacy-Now®.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Process guides ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, you will find the following topics:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Guide Topic !! Content&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Access Requests]] || A guide on access requests management.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Actions]] || A guide on ''actions'' management.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Audits]] || A guide on ''audits'' management.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Consents]] || A guide on ''consents'' management.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Data Breaches]] || A guide on ''data breaches'' management.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Issues &amp;amp; Non Conformities]] || A guide on ''issues'' &amp;amp; non ''conformities management''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Knowledge Items]] || A guide on ''knowledge items'' management.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Privacy Impact Assessments]] || A guide on ''privacy impact assessments'' management.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Processing Records]] || A guide on ''processing activity'' records.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Risks]] || A guide on risks management.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Glossary &amp;amp; Reading Conventions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, you will find the following topics:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Guide Topic !! Content&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Glossary]] || The glossary of the key terminology used in Privacy-Now®.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Reading Conventions]] || Explanation of the reading conventions used in this guide.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Other Guides ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, you will find the following topics:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Guide Topic !! Content&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Print]] || Help on the printing features of this guide.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sottini</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=Welcome&amp;diff=769</id>
		<title>Welcome</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=Welcome&amp;diff=769"/>
				<updated>2019-02-25T17:24:38Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sottini: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
This is the guide website of the service Privacy-Now®.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This guide is in English. You may find versions in other languages at these links:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Language!! Web address (url)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|French || [http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/fr Privacy-Now® guide in French]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Italian || [http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/it Privacy-Now® guide in Italian]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This guide is applicable to the subscriptions &amp;quot;Trial&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Start&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Basic&amp;quot;. [https://www.privacy-now.eu/en/contact-us.html Contact] Privacy-Now® for documentation about other subscriptions or versions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is a short introduction video of Privacy-Now®:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:vimeo|https://vimeo.com/319471122|800|left|Video introduction to ''Privacy-Now®''.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Structure of this guide ==&lt;br /&gt;
This guide is divided in sections that can be recognized in the left menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Application guides ===&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, you will find the following topics:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Guide Topic !! Content&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Quick Start]] || An explanation of the steps to follow to setup and be able to work with Privacy-Now®. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[How To]] || Description of the basic logics and functionalities of Privacy-Now®.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Users &amp;amp; Groups]] || Details of ''users'' and ''groups'' management.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Frequently Asked Questions]] || In this page you will find  frequently asked questions Privacy-Now®. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Disclaimers]] || This page contains the Disclaimer on the use of Privacy-Now®.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Terms &amp;amp; Conditions of Use]] || This page contains the Terms and Conditions of Use of Privacy-Now®.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Process guides ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, you will find the following topics:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Guide Topic !! Content&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Access Requests]] || A guide on access requests management.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Actions]] || A guide on ''actions'' management.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Audits]] || A guide on ''audits'' management.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Consents]] || A guide on ''consents'' management.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Data Breaches]] || A guide on ''data breaches'' management.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Issues &amp;amp; Non Conformities]] || A guide on ''issues'' &amp;amp; non ''conformities management''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Knowledge Items]] || A guide on ''knowledge items'' management.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Privacy Impact Assessments]] || A guide on ''privacy impact assessments'' management.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Processing Records]] || A guide on ''processing activity'' records.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Risks]] || A guide on risks management.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Glossary &amp;amp; Reading Conventions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, you will find the following topics:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Guide Topic !! Content&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Glossary]] || The glossary of the key terminology used in Privacy-Now®.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Reading Conventions]] || Explanation of the reading conventions used in this guide.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Other Guides ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, you will find the following topics:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Guide Topic !! Content&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Print]] || Help on the printing features of this guide.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sottini</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=Welcome&amp;diff=768</id>
		<title>Welcome</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=Welcome&amp;diff=768"/>
				<updated>2019-02-25T17:24:09Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sottini: /* Introduction */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
This is the guide website of the service Privacy-Now®.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This guide is in English. You may find versions in other languages at these links:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Language!! Web address (url)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|French || [http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/fr Privacy-Now® guide in French]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Italian || [http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/it Privacy-Now® guide in Italian]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This guide is applicable to the subscriptions &amp;quot;Trial&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Start&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Basic&amp;quot;. [https://www.privacy-now.eu/en/contact-us.html Contact] Privacy-Now® for documentation about other subscriptions or versions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is a short introduction video of Privacy-Now®:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:vimeo|https://vimeo.com/319471122|800|left|Video introduction to ''Privacy-Now®''.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Structure of this guide ==&lt;br /&gt;
This guide is divided in sections that can be recognized in the left menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Application guides ===&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, you will find the following topics:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Guide Topic !! Content&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Quick Start]] || An explanation of the steps to follow to setup and be able to work with Privacy-Now®. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[How To]] || Description of the basic logics and functionalities of Privacy-Now®.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Users &amp;amp; Groups]] || Details of ''users'' and ''groups'' management.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Frequently Asked Questions]] || In this page you will find  frequently asked questions Privacy-Now®. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Disclaimers]] || This page contains the Disclaimer on the use of Privacy-Now®.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Terms &amp;amp; Conditions of Use]] || This page contains the Terms and Conditions of Use of Privacy-Now®.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Process guides ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, you will find the following topics:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Guide Topic !! Content&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Access Requests]] || A guide on access requests management.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Actions]] || A guide on ''actions'' management.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Audits]] || A guide on ''audits'' management.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Consents]] || A guide on ''consents'' management.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Data Breaches]] || A guide on ''data breaches'' management.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Issues &amp;amp; Non Conformities]] || A guide on ''issues'' &amp;amp; non ''conformities management''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Knowledge Items]] || A guide on ''knowledge items'' management.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Privacy Impact Assessments]] || A guide on ''privacy impact assessments'' management.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Processing Records]] || A guide on ''processing activity'' records.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Risks]] || A guide on risks management.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Glossary &amp;amp; Reading Conventions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, you will find the following topics:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Guide Topic !! Content&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Glossary]] || The glossary of the key terminology used in Privacy-Now®.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Reading Conventions]] || Explanation of the reading conventions used in this guide.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Other Guides ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, you will find the following topics:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Guide Topic !! Content&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Print]] || Help on the printing features of this guide.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sottini</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=Welcome&amp;diff=767</id>
		<title>Welcome</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=Welcome&amp;diff=767"/>
				<updated>2019-02-25T17:23:48Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sottini: /* Introduction */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
This is the guide website of the service Privacy-Now®.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This guide is in English. You may find versions in other languages at these links:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Language!! Web address (url)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|French || [http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/fr Privacy-Now® guide in French]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Italian || [http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/it Privacy-Now® guide in Italian]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This guide is applicable to the subscriptions &amp;quot;Trial&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Start&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Basic&amp;quot;. [https://www.privacy-now.eu/en/contact-us.html Contact] Privacy-Now® for documentation about other subscriptions or versions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is a short introduction video of Privacy-Now®:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:vimeo|https://vimeo.com/319471122|800|center|Video introduction to ''Privacy-Now®''.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Structure of this guide ==&lt;br /&gt;
This guide is divided in sections that can be recognized in the left menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Application guides ===&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, you will find the following topics:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Guide Topic !! Content&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Quick Start]] || An explanation of the steps to follow to setup and be able to work with Privacy-Now®. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[How To]] || Description of the basic logics and functionalities of Privacy-Now®.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Users &amp;amp; Groups]] || Details of ''users'' and ''groups'' management.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Frequently Asked Questions]] || In this page you will find  frequently asked questions Privacy-Now®. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Disclaimers]] || This page contains the Disclaimer on the use of Privacy-Now®.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Terms &amp;amp; Conditions of Use]] || This page contains the Terms and Conditions of Use of Privacy-Now®.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Process guides ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, you will find the following topics:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Guide Topic !! Content&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Access Requests]] || A guide on access requests management.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Actions]] || A guide on ''actions'' management.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Audits]] || A guide on ''audits'' management.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Consents]] || A guide on ''consents'' management.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Data Breaches]] || A guide on ''data breaches'' management.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Issues &amp;amp; Non Conformities]] || A guide on ''issues'' &amp;amp; non ''conformities management''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Knowledge Items]] || A guide on ''knowledge items'' management.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Privacy Impact Assessments]] || A guide on ''privacy impact assessments'' management.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Processing Records]] || A guide on ''processing activity'' records.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Risks]] || A guide on risks management.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Glossary &amp;amp; Reading Conventions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, you will find the following topics:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Guide Topic !! Content&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Glossary]] || The glossary of the key terminology used in Privacy-Now®.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Reading Conventions]] || Explanation of the reading conventions used in this guide.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Other Guides ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, you will find the following topics:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Guide Topic !! Content&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Print]] || Help on the printing features of this guide.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sottini</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=Welcome&amp;diff=766</id>
		<title>Welcome</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=Welcome&amp;diff=766"/>
				<updated>2019-02-25T17:20:55Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sottini: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
This is the guide website of the service Privacy-Now®.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This guide is in English. You may find versions in other languages at these links:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Language!! Web address (url)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|French || [http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/fr Privacy-Now® guide in French]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Italian || [http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/it Privacy-Now® guide in Italian]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This guide is applicable to the subscriptions &amp;quot;Trial&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Start&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Basic&amp;quot;. [https://www.privacy-now.eu/en/contact-us.html Contact] Privacy-Now® for documentation about other subscriptions or versions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is a short introduction video of Privacy-Now®:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dashboard_Widget_ENG_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Example of ''dashboard'' widget.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Structure of this guide ==&lt;br /&gt;
This guide is divided in sections that can be recognized in the left menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Application guides ===&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, you will find the following topics:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Guide Topic !! Content&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Quick Start]] || An explanation of the steps to follow to setup and be able to work with Privacy-Now®. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[How To]] || Description of the basic logics and functionalities of Privacy-Now®.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Users &amp;amp; Groups]] || Details of ''users'' and ''groups'' management.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Frequently Asked Questions]] || In this page you will find  frequently asked questions Privacy-Now®. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Disclaimers]] || This page contains the Disclaimer on the use of Privacy-Now®.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Terms &amp;amp; Conditions of Use]] || This page contains the Terms and Conditions of Use of Privacy-Now®.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Process guides ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, you will find the following topics:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Guide Topic !! Content&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Access Requests]] || A guide on access requests management.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Actions]] || A guide on ''actions'' management.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Audits]] || A guide on ''audits'' management.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Consents]] || A guide on ''consents'' management.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Data Breaches]] || A guide on ''data breaches'' management.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Issues &amp;amp; Non Conformities]] || A guide on ''issues'' &amp;amp; non ''conformities management''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Knowledge Items]] || A guide on ''knowledge items'' management.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Privacy Impact Assessments]] || A guide on ''privacy impact assessments'' management.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Processing Records]] || A guide on ''processing activity'' records.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Risks]] || A guide on risks management.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Glossary &amp;amp; Reading Conventions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, you will find the following topics:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Guide Topic !! Content&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Glossary]] || The glossary of the key terminology used in Privacy-Now®.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Reading Conventions]] || Explanation of the reading conventions used in this guide.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Other Guides ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, you will find the following topics:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Guide Topic !! Content&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Print]] || Help on the printing features of this guide.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sottini</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=How_To&amp;diff=752</id>
		<title>How To</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=How_To&amp;diff=752"/>
				<updated>2019-02-14T14:27:40Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sottini: /* Dashboards */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This section of Privacy-Now® guide introduces how to use the main functionalities of the tool.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Dashboards ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:vimeo|&lt;br /&gt;
https://vimeo.com/316809047|800|center|Video tutorial on using ''dashboards''.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Dashboards'' are automatically presented when logging to the system for the first time. The following ''dashboards'' are available:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Privacy Overview&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Access Requests''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Actions''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Audits''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Consents''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Data Breaches''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Issues / Non Conformities''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Privacy Impact Assessments''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Processing Activities''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Risks''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from the Overview ''dashboard'', which presents information from several processes, each ''dashboard'' is dedicated to a ''privacy management process''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Dashboards'' are composed of widgets (see the figure below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dashboard_Widget_ENG_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Example of ''dashboard'' widget.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Widgets are generally configured to be interactive. Clicking on a part of the widget with the left mouse button opens a context menu which presents the following options:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- '''Open Ticket List''', allowing to open a list of the records which correspond to the result clicked in the widget;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- '''Break Down''', allowing to drill down into the shown dimension;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- '''Back''', allowing to return to the upper dimension from which the drill down was done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the subscribed packaged, ''dashboards'' can be directly created or configured by ''users''. However, the guide to customize them is not included in this wiki.&lt;br /&gt;
Additionally, ''Dashboards'' are continuously improved and clients suggestions are welcome to this aim.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, remember that the trial subscription has limited access to the '''dashboards'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Menus and Views ==&lt;br /&gt;
Menu items are accessible from the left menu bar of the and they may launch functionalities or ''views''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:View_ENG_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Example of ''view''.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''views'' records can be sorted with column headers and paged with paging commands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is also possible to filter data. Pressing on the magnifier icon activates the grid filtering fields. They work logically in AND and they filter the records in ''view''. The '''GO''' command activates the entered criteria and the '''RESET''' command removes them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''PRINT''' prints the selected (using tick boxes column) records cards. A new browser window is opened for each card. '''PRINT LIST''' prints the selected records list. '''EXPORT TO EXCEL''' export the selected data in Excel format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== News ==&lt;br /&gt;
News is a service functionality used by Privacy Now®  staff to publish information about the service. Typical information may be announcements of new features or information on maintenance windows or service issues. News are scrolling titles in the news box positioned after below the left application menu. Just click on a scrolling news to access its detailed content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Records Management ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Create ===&lt;br /&gt;
Creating new records, including ''users'', is done by accessing and navigating the '''''Add New''''' menu item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Add_New_Self_Service_ENG_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Self service area to add new records.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just click on the item you want to create and this opens a dialog box where you can enter the related description or just press '''Create''' to generate a new record. Press ''Close'' to exit without creating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Update ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Updating a record can be done immediately after creating it or later when saved. See [[How_To#Search|Search]] section for more information on how to search existing records. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When focused on a record, the command bars allow to save it and additional tasks on the record:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Save''' - simply saves the record;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Save &amp;amp; Exit''' - saves the record and exits from the update form;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Save &amp;amp; Next''' - this command first performs a save and then immediately enables to move the record to the next desired step in the workflow;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Cancel''' - exits from the record without saving (unsaved updates will be lost);&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Reload''' - reloads the record (unsaved updates will be lost);&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Print''' - prints the record;&lt;br /&gt;
* ''' Quick Actions''': enables a context menu showing some shortcuts for commands enabling functionalities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Update_Record_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Record update screen.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When saving, remember to update all mandatory fields which are marked with a red asterisk in the form. If some mandatory content is missing, the system will warn by showing a textual message before the update form where the missing fields are reported. The ''User'' will then have the possibility to update and save again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Save &amp;amp; Next''' command opens a dialog form to choose the workflow transition to perform (and therefore the target status).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SaveNext_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|'''Save&amp;amp;Next''' dialog form.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dialog form, the ''user'' shall select the transition to perform and the command to execute:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Cancel''' - to exit from the form without executing any transition;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Apply''' - to execute the selected transition without saving the record in the destination status (if a reload of the record data is done before saving, the status will remain unchanged);&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Apply &amp;amp; Save''' - to execute the selected transition and save the record in the destination status (if a reload of the record data is done, the status will be the target one).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that the '''Apply &amp;amp; Save''' command won't be enabled if mandatory fields are missing to save the record in the target status. In such a case, use the '''Apply''' command, fill the missing values and then save the record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the ''Save &amp;amp; Next'' dialog box by clicking the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Transition Comment&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; tick box it is possible to enter a comment for the transition (e.g. the reason to perform it) which will be visibile in the history of the record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the ''user'' is lost and doesn't know how to proceed (which are the next posible workflow statuses), the ''Explore Workflow'' command will help by opening the explorer workflow window (see the figure above).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this window, the workflow is graphically presented. Each rectangle represents a workflow status and arrows connect possible transitions. The current status is yellow, the past ones grey, the target ones red (if the ''user'' hasn't privileges on a transition needed to move the record in the target status) or green (if the ''user'' has the privileges to execute a transition moving the record to the target status). The form is interactive:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* the ''user'' can see details about the roles and resources enabled to perform a transition by clicking on the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;details&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; label on the same transition;&lt;br /&gt;
* the ''user'' can recall the ''Save &amp;amp; Next'' dialog box by double clicking with the left mouse button on a green status (this will start the dialog box with a preselected transition).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ''user'' can change directly the record status selecting the target status from the drop down list box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the record, the ''user'' can move to the different content form by using the form selector (see the figure above). Depending on the type of record and the privileges of the 'user'', the visible form are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''General''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - containing the main information of the records;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Attachments''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - allowing to view or manage attachments;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Related Items''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - allowing to view and manage related records (e.g. ''risks'' related to a ''processing activity'');&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Messages''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - allowing to view and manage messages (mails) which will remain related to the record;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''History''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - showing the history of the changes performed for the record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Delete ===&lt;br /&gt;
''Privacy management processes'' are designed with end of life statuses for records (e.g. cancellation or completion). Therefore, the physical cancellation of records should not be necessary. However, should there be a reason to physically delete a record, this is possible for ''users'' with administrative privileges from the settings management. Go to [[Settings]] for more information on how to deleted specific records.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reports ==&lt;br /&gt;
Available reports are accessible from the left application menu or via command buttons in the records.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A main source for reporting is the export to excel functionality present in all ''views'' of data (see [[How_To#Menus_and_Views|Views]]). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additionally, ''dashboards'' are available (see [[How_To#Dashboards|Dashboards]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Search ==&lt;br /&gt;
Two main mechanisms support the search for record and information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* search tool;&lt;br /&gt;
* views and grid filtering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Search tool ===&lt;br /&gt;
The search tool is positioned in the top right corner of the application and it is shown in the picture below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Search_ENG_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Search tool.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before starting to search, it is necessary to set the search context among one of the possible values: &amp;quot;Text&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Ticket&amp;quot;. By default, &amp;quot;Ticket&amp;quot; is set if no value is entered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Ticket&amp;quot; search context assumes that the ''user'' is trying to access a record directly, by knowing its id (code). Therefore, just enter the id and press enter or the magnifier icon. If the corresponding record exists and the ''user'' has privileges to view it, the system will directly open the record form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Text&amp;quot; search context assumes that the ''user'' is searching a string text. Therefore, just enter the text and press enter or the magnifier icon. The system will present the list of the records where the text is found and the ''user'' will be able to access any by clicking on the list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Views and grid filtering ===&lt;br /&gt;
By accessing and filtering views, it is possible to search and access records. See [[How_To#Menus_and_Views|Views]] for more information.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sottini</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=How_To&amp;diff=751</id>
		<title>How To</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=How_To&amp;diff=751"/>
				<updated>2019-02-14T14:26:45Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sottini: /* Dashboards */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This section of Privacy-Now® guide introduces how to use the main functionalities of the tool.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Dashboards ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:vimeo|&lt;br /&gt;
https://vimeo.com/316809047|480|center|description}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Dashboards'' are automatically presented when logging to the system for the first time. The following ''dashboards'' are available:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Privacy Overview&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Access Requests''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Actions''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Audits''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Consents''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Data Breaches''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Issues / Non Conformities''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Privacy Impact Assessments''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Processing Activities''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Risks''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from the Overview ''dashboard'', which presents information from several processes, each ''dashboard'' is dedicated to a ''privacy management process''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Dashboards'' are composed of widgets (see the figure below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dashboard_Widget_ENG_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Example of ''dashboard'' widget.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Widgets are generally configured to be interactive. Clicking on a part of the widget with the left mouse button opens a context menu which presents the following options:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- '''Open Ticket List''', allowing to open a list of the records which correspond to the result clicked in the widget;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- '''Break Down''', allowing to drill down into the shown dimension;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- '''Back''', allowing to return to the upper dimension from which the drill down was done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the subscribed packaged, ''dashboards'' can be directly created or configured by ''users''. However, the guide to customize them is not included in this wiki.&lt;br /&gt;
Additionally, ''Dashboards'' are continuously improved and clients suggestions are welcome to this aim.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, remember that the trial subscription has limited access to the '''dashboards'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Menus and Views ==&lt;br /&gt;
Menu items are accessible from the left menu bar of the and they may launch functionalities or ''views''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:View_ENG_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Example of ''view''.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''views'' records can be sorted with column headers and paged with paging commands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is also possible to filter data. Pressing on the magnifier icon activates the grid filtering fields. They work logically in AND and they filter the records in ''view''. The '''GO''' command activates the entered criteria and the '''RESET''' command removes them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''PRINT''' prints the selected (using tick boxes column) records cards. A new browser window is opened for each card. '''PRINT LIST''' prints the selected records list. '''EXPORT TO EXCEL''' export the selected data in Excel format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== News ==&lt;br /&gt;
News is a service functionality used by Privacy Now®  staff to publish information about the service. Typical information may be announcements of new features or information on maintenance windows or service issues. News are scrolling titles in the news box positioned after below the left application menu. Just click on a scrolling news to access its detailed content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Records Management ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Create ===&lt;br /&gt;
Creating new records, including ''users'', is done by accessing and navigating the '''''Add New''''' menu item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Add_New_Self_Service_ENG_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Self service area to add new records.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just click on the item you want to create and this opens a dialog box where you can enter the related description or just press '''Create''' to generate a new record. Press ''Close'' to exit without creating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Update ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Updating a record can be done immediately after creating it or later when saved. See [[How_To#Search|Search]] section for more information on how to search existing records. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When focused on a record, the command bars allow to save it and additional tasks on the record:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Save''' - simply saves the record;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Save &amp;amp; Exit''' - saves the record and exits from the update form;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Save &amp;amp; Next''' - this command first performs a save and then immediately enables to move the record to the next desired step in the workflow;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Cancel''' - exits from the record without saving (unsaved updates will be lost);&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Reload''' - reloads the record (unsaved updates will be lost);&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Print''' - prints the record;&lt;br /&gt;
* ''' Quick Actions''': enables a context menu showing some shortcuts for commands enabling functionalities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Update_Record_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Record update screen.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When saving, remember to update all mandatory fields which are marked with a red asterisk in the form. If some mandatory content is missing, the system will warn by showing a textual message before the update form where the missing fields are reported. The ''User'' will then have the possibility to update and save again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Save &amp;amp; Next''' command opens a dialog form to choose the workflow transition to perform (and therefore the target status).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SaveNext_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|'''Save&amp;amp;Next''' dialog form.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dialog form, the ''user'' shall select the transition to perform and the command to execute:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Cancel''' - to exit from the form without executing any transition;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Apply''' - to execute the selected transition without saving the record in the destination status (if a reload of the record data is done before saving, the status will remain unchanged);&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Apply &amp;amp; Save''' - to execute the selected transition and save the record in the destination status (if a reload of the record data is done, the status will be the target one).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that the '''Apply &amp;amp; Save''' command won't be enabled if mandatory fields are missing to save the record in the target status. In such a case, use the '''Apply''' command, fill the missing values and then save the record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the ''Save &amp;amp; Next'' dialog box by clicking the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Transition Comment&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; tick box it is possible to enter a comment for the transition (e.g. the reason to perform it) which will be visibile in the history of the record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the ''user'' is lost and doesn't know how to proceed (which are the next posible workflow statuses), the ''Explore Workflow'' command will help by opening the explorer workflow window (see the figure above).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this window, the workflow is graphically presented. Each rectangle represents a workflow status and arrows connect possible transitions. The current status is yellow, the past ones grey, the target ones red (if the ''user'' hasn't privileges on a transition needed to move the record in the target status) or green (if the ''user'' has the privileges to execute a transition moving the record to the target status). The form is interactive:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* the ''user'' can see details about the roles and resources enabled to perform a transition by clicking on the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;details&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; label on the same transition;&lt;br /&gt;
* the ''user'' can recall the ''Save &amp;amp; Next'' dialog box by double clicking with the left mouse button on a green status (this will start the dialog box with a preselected transition).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ''user'' can change directly the record status selecting the target status from the drop down list box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the record, the ''user'' can move to the different content form by using the form selector (see the figure above). Depending on the type of record and the privileges of the 'user'', the visible form are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''General''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - containing the main information of the records;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Attachments''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - allowing to view or manage attachments;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Related Items''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - allowing to view and manage related records (e.g. ''risks'' related to a ''processing activity'');&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Messages''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - allowing to view and manage messages (mails) which will remain related to the record;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''History''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - showing the history of the changes performed for the record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Delete ===&lt;br /&gt;
''Privacy management processes'' are designed with end of life statuses for records (e.g. cancellation or completion). Therefore, the physical cancellation of records should not be necessary. However, should there be a reason to physically delete a record, this is possible for ''users'' with administrative privileges from the settings management. Go to [[Settings]] for more information on how to deleted specific records.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reports ==&lt;br /&gt;
Available reports are accessible from the left application menu or via command buttons in the records.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A main source for reporting is the export to excel functionality present in all ''views'' of data (see [[How_To#Menus_and_Views|Views]]). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additionally, ''dashboards'' are available (see [[How_To#Dashboards|Dashboards]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Search ==&lt;br /&gt;
Two main mechanisms support the search for record and information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* search tool;&lt;br /&gt;
* views and grid filtering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Search tool ===&lt;br /&gt;
The search tool is positioned in the top right corner of the application and it is shown in the picture below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Search_ENG_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Search tool.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before starting to search, it is necessary to set the search context among one of the possible values: &amp;quot;Text&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Ticket&amp;quot;. By default, &amp;quot;Ticket&amp;quot; is set if no value is entered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Ticket&amp;quot; search context assumes that the ''user'' is trying to access a record directly, by knowing its id (code). Therefore, just enter the id and press enter or the magnifier icon. If the corresponding record exists and the ''user'' has privileges to view it, the system will directly open the record form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Text&amp;quot; search context assumes that the ''user'' is searching a string text. Therefore, just enter the text and press enter or the magnifier icon. The system will present the list of the records where the text is found and the ''user'' will be able to access any by clicking on the list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Views and grid filtering ===&lt;br /&gt;
By accessing and filtering views, it is possible to search and access records. See [[How_To#Menus_and_Views|Views]] for more information.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sottini</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=How_To&amp;diff=750</id>
		<title>How To</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=How_To&amp;diff=750"/>
				<updated>2019-02-14T14:25:45Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sottini: /* Dashboards */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This section of Privacy-Now® guide introduces how to use the main functionalities of the tool.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Dashboards ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:vimeo|&lt;br /&gt;
https://vimeo.com/316809047|||description}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Dashboards'' are automatically presented when logging to the system for the first time. The following ''dashboards'' are available:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Privacy Overview&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Access Requests''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Actions''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Audits''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Consents''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Data Breaches''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Issues / Non Conformities''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Privacy Impact Assessments''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Processing Activities''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Risks''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from the Overview ''dashboard'', which presents information from several processes, each ''dashboard'' is dedicated to a ''privacy management process''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Dashboards'' are composed of widgets (see the figure below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dashboard_Widget_ENG_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Example of ''dashboard'' widget.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Widgets are generally configured to be interactive. Clicking on a part of the widget with the left mouse button opens a context menu which presents the following options:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- '''Open Ticket List''', allowing to open a list of the records which correspond to the result clicked in the widget;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- '''Break Down''', allowing to drill down into the shown dimension;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- '''Back''', allowing to return to the upper dimension from which the drill down was done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the subscribed packaged, ''dashboards'' can be directly created or configured by ''users''. However, the guide to customize them is not included in this wiki.&lt;br /&gt;
Additionally, ''Dashboards'' are continuously improved and clients suggestions are welcome to this aim.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, remember that the trial subscription has limited access to the '''dashboards'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Menus and Views ==&lt;br /&gt;
Menu items are accessible from the left menu bar of the and they may launch functionalities or ''views''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:View_ENG_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Example of ''view''.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''views'' records can be sorted with column headers and paged with paging commands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is also possible to filter data. Pressing on the magnifier icon activates the grid filtering fields. They work logically in AND and they filter the records in ''view''. The '''GO''' command activates the entered criteria and the '''RESET''' command removes them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''PRINT''' prints the selected (using tick boxes column) records cards. A new browser window is opened for each card. '''PRINT LIST''' prints the selected records list. '''EXPORT TO EXCEL''' export the selected data in Excel format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== News ==&lt;br /&gt;
News is a service functionality used by Privacy Now®  staff to publish information about the service. Typical information may be announcements of new features or information on maintenance windows or service issues. News are scrolling titles in the news box positioned after below the left application menu. Just click on a scrolling news to access its detailed content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Records Management ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Create ===&lt;br /&gt;
Creating new records, including ''users'', is done by accessing and navigating the '''''Add New''''' menu item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Add_New_Self_Service_ENG_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Self service area to add new records.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just click on the item you want to create and this opens a dialog box where you can enter the related description or just press '''Create''' to generate a new record. Press ''Close'' to exit without creating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Update ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Updating a record can be done immediately after creating it or later when saved. See [[How_To#Search|Search]] section for more information on how to search existing records. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When focused on a record, the command bars allow to save it and additional tasks on the record:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Save''' - simply saves the record;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Save &amp;amp; Exit''' - saves the record and exits from the update form;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Save &amp;amp; Next''' - this command first performs a save and then immediately enables to move the record to the next desired step in the workflow;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Cancel''' - exits from the record without saving (unsaved updates will be lost);&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Reload''' - reloads the record (unsaved updates will be lost);&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Print''' - prints the record;&lt;br /&gt;
* ''' Quick Actions''': enables a context menu showing some shortcuts for commands enabling functionalities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Update_Record_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Record update screen.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When saving, remember to update all mandatory fields which are marked with a red asterisk in the form. If some mandatory content is missing, the system will warn by showing a textual message before the update form where the missing fields are reported. The ''User'' will then have the possibility to update and save again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Save &amp;amp; Next''' command opens a dialog form to choose the workflow transition to perform (and therefore the target status).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SaveNext_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|'''Save&amp;amp;Next''' dialog form.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dialog form, the ''user'' shall select the transition to perform and the command to execute:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Cancel''' - to exit from the form without executing any transition;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Apply''' - to execute the selected transition without saving the record in the destination status (if a reload of the record data is done before saving, the status will remain unchanged);&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Apply &amp;amp; Save''' - to execute the selected transition and save the record in the destination status (if a reload of the record data is done, the status will be the target one).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that the '''Apply &amp;amp; Save''' command won't be enabled if mandatory fields are missing to save the record in the target status. In such a case, use the '''Apply''' command, fill the missing values and then save the record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the ''Save &amp;amp; Next'' dialog box by clicking the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Transition Comment&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; tick box it is possible to enter a comment for the transition (e.g. the reason to perform it) which will be visibile in the history of the record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the ''user'' is lost and doesn't know how to proceed (which are the next posible workflow statuses), the ''Explore Workflow'' command will help by opening the explorer workflow window (see the figure above).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this window, the workflow is graphically presented. Each rectangle represents a workflow status and arrows connect possible transitions. The current status is yellow, the past ones grey, the target ones red (if the ''user'' hasn't privileges on a transition needed to move the record in the target status) or green (if the ''user'' has the privileges to execute a transition moving the record to the target status). The form is interactive:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* the ''user'' can see details about the roles and resources enabled to perform a transition by clicking on the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;details&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; label on the same transition;&lt;br /&gt;
* the ''user'' can recall the ''Save &amp;amp; Next'' dialog box by double clicking with the left mouse button on a green status (this will start the dialog box with a preselected transition).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ''user'' can change directly the record status selecting the target status from the drop down list box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the record, the ''user'' can move to the different content form by using the form selector (see the figure above). Depending on the type of record and the privileges of the 'user'', the visible form are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''General''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - containing the main information of the records;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Attachments''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - allowing to view or manage attachments;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Related Items''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - allowing to view and manage related records (e.g. ''risks'' related to a ''processing activity'');&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Messages''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - allowing to view and manage messages (mails) which will remain related to the record;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''History''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; - showing the history of the changes performed for the record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Delete ===&lt;br /&gt;
''Privacy management processes'' are designed with end of life statuses for records (e.g. cancellation or completion). Therefore, the physical cancellation of records should not be necessary. However, should there be a reason to physically delete a record, this is possible for ''users'' with administrative privileges from the settings management. Go to [[Settings]] for more information on how to deleted specific records.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reports ==&lt;br /&gt;
Available reports are accessible from the left application menu or via command buttons in the records.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A main source for reporting is the export to excel functionality present in all ''views'' of data (see [[How_To#Menus_and_Views|Views]]). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additionally, ''dashboards'' are available (see [[How_To#Dashboards|Dashboards]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Search ==&lt;br /&gt;
Two main mechanisms support the search for record and information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* search tool;&lt;br /&gt;
* views and grid filtering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Search tool ===&lt;br /&gt;
The search tool is positioned in the top right corner of the application and it is shown in the picture below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Search_ENG_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Search tool.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before starting to search, it is necessary to set the search context among one of the possible values: &amp;quot;Text&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Ticket&amp;quot;. By default, &amp;quot;Ticket&amp;quot; is set if no value is entered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Ticket&amp;quot; search context assumes that the ''user'' is trying to access a record directly, by knowing its id (code). Therefore, just enter the id and press enter or the magnifier icon. If the corresponding record exists and the ''user'' has privileges to view it, the system will directly open the record form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Text&amp;quot; search context assumes that the ''user'' is searching a string text. Therefore, just enter the text and press enter or the magnifier icon. The system will present the list of the records where the text is found and the ''user'' will be able to access any by clicking on the list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Views and grid filtering ===&lt;br /&gt;
By accessing and filtering views, it is possible to search and access records. See [[How_To#Menus_and_Views|Views]] for more information.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sottini</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=Quick_Start&amp;diff=749</id>
		<title>Quick Start</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=Quick_Start&amp;diff=749"/>
				<updated>2019-02-12T15:37:42Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sottini: /* Review and update master data tables */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;In order to start using Privacy-Now®, you will have to do some preliminary steps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Create users ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the left menu, go to '''''Users &amp;amp; Groups Management / Users Management''''' and create, update ''users'' information.&lt;br /&gt;
For practical information on how to create and update ''users'', see [[Users &amp;amp; Groups]] page in this wiki.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Create groups ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may decide to update ''groups'' or to create new ones. To do this, use the left menu entry '''''Users &amp;amp; Groups Management / Users Management'''''. Remember that ''groups'' can be assigned to one of the four profiles available in the managed processes and that the profiles determine the privileges when performing Privacy-Now® process tasks.&lt;br /&gt;
For practical information on how to create and update ''groups'', see [[Users &amp;amp; Groups]] page in this wiki.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Review and update master data tables ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will find master data tables initially populated. However, it is very likely that you will need to update many of them to fit your need and context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A very important type of master data are ''data controllers'' and ''data processors''. These data can be directly update form the left application menu. This short tutorial describes how to create, update and delete records.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:vimeo|&lt;br /&gt;
https://vimeo.com/316813529|960|center|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;'''Short tutorial on Data Processor(s) / Data Controlloer(s) master data'''&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information on how to create and update other master data, see [[Settings]] page in this wiki.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Finalize application settings ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Review and update the available application settings which allow you to customize some key behaviours of Privacy-Now®.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information on the available application settings and on how to update them, see [[Settings]] page in this wiki.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You need to complete the steps above before being able to fully benefit of Privacy-Now® features to manage your privacy and GDPR compliance. The order of the steps doesn't really matter, although you may find comfortable to follow the one suggested above.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sottini</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=Quick_Start&amp;diff=748</id>
		<title>Quick Start</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=Quick_Start&amp;diff=748"/>
				<updated>2019-02-12T15:32:09Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sottini: /* Review and update master data tables */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;In order to start using Privacy-Now®, you will have to do some preliminary steps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Create users ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the left menu, go to '''''Users &amp;amp; Groups Management / Users Management''''' and create, update ''users'' information.&lt;br /&gt;
For practical information on how to create and update ''users'', see [[Users &amp;amp; Groups]] page in this wiki.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Create groups ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may decide to update ''groups'' or to create new ones. To do this, use the left menu entry '''''Users &amp;amp; Groups Management / Users Management'''''. Remember that ''groups'' can be assigned to one of the four profiles available in the managed processes and that the profiles determine the privileges when performing Privacy-Now® process tasks.&lt;br /&gt;
For practical information on how to create and update ''groups'', see [[Users &amp;amp; Groups]] page in this wiki.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Review and update master data tables ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will find master data tables initially populated. However, it is very likely that you will need to update many of them to fit your need and context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A very important type of master data are ''data controllers'' and ''data processors''. These data can be directly update form the left application menu. This short tutorial describes how to create, update and delete records.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:vimeo|&lt;br /&gt;
https://vimeo.com/316809047|960|center|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;'''Short tutorial on Data Processor(s) / Data Controlloer(s) master data'''&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information on how to create and update other master data, see [[Settings]] page in this wiki.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Finalize application settings ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Review and update the available application settings which allow you to customize some key behaviours of Privacy-Now®.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information on the available application settings and on how to update them, see [[Settings]] page in this wiki.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You need to complete the steps above before being able to fully benefit of Privacy-Now® features to manage your privacy and GDPR compliance. The order of the steps doesn't really matter, although you may find comfortable to follow the one suggested above.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sottini</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=Quick_Start&amp;diff=747</id>
		<title>Quick Start</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=Quick_Start&amp;diff=747"/>
				<updated>2019-02-12T15:28:19Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sottini: /* Review and update master data tables */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;In order to start using Privacy-Now®, you will have to do some preliminary steps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Create users ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the left menu, go to '''''Users &amp;amp; Groups Management / Users Management''''' and create, update ''users'' information.&lt;br /&gt;
For practical information on how to create and update ''users'', see [[Users &amp;amp; Groups]] page in this wiki.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Create groups ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may decide to update ''groups'' or to create new ones. To do this, use the left menu entry '''''Users &amp;amp; Groups Management / Users Management'''''. Remember that ''groups'' can be assigned to one of the four profiles available in the managed processes and that the profiles determine the privileges when performing Privacy-Now® process tasks.&lt;br /&gt;
For practical information on how to create and update ''groups'', see [[Users &amp;amp; Groups]] page in this wiki.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Review and update master data tables ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will find master data tables initially populated. However, it is very likely that you will need to update many of them to fit your need and context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A very important type of master data are &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:vimeo|&lt;br /&gt;
https://vimeo.com/316809047|960|center|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;'''Short tutorial on Data Processor(s) / Data Controlloer(s) master data'''&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information on how to create and update master data, see [[Settings]] page in this wiki.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Finalize application settings ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Review and update the available application settings which allow you to customize some key behaviours of Privacy-Now®.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information on the available application settings and on how to update them, see [[Settings]] page in this wiki.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You need to complete the steps above before being able to fully benefit of Privacy-Now® features to manage your privacy and GDPR compliance. The order of the steps doesn't really matter, although you may find comfortable to follow the one suggested above.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sottini</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=Quick_Start&amp;diff=746</id>
		<title>Quick Start</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=Quick_Start&amp;diff=746"/>
				<updated>2019-02-12T15:27:25Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sottini: /* Review and update master data tables */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;In order to start using Privacy-Now®, you will have to do some preliminary steps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Create users ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the left menu, go to '''''Users &amp;amp; Groups Management / Users Management''''' and create, update ''users'' information.&lt;br /&gt;
For practical information on how to create and update ''users'', see [[Users &amp;amp; Groups]] page in this wiki.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Create groups ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may decide to update ''groups'' or to create new ones. To do this, use the left menu entry '''''Users &amp;amp; Groups Management / Users Management'''''. Remember that ''groups'' can be assigned to one of the four profiles available in the managed processes and that the profiles determine the privileges when performing Privacy-Now® process tasks.&lt;br /&gt;
For practical information on how to create and update ''groups'', see [[Users &amp;amp; Groups]] page in this wiki.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Review and update master data tables ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will find master data tables initially populated. However, it is very likely that you will need to update many of them to fit your need and context.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information on how to create and update master data, see [[Settings]] page in this wiki.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:vimeo|&lt;br /&gt;
https://vimeo.com/316809047|960|center|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;'''Short tutorial on Data Processor(s) / Data Controlloer(s) master data'''&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Finalize application settings ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Review and update the available application settings which allow you to customize some key behaviours of Privacy-Now®.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information on the available application settings and on how to update them, see [[Settings]] page in this wiki.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You need to complete the steps above before being able to fully benefit of Privacy-Now® features to manage your privacy and GDPR compliance. The order of the steps doesn't really matter, although you may find comfortable to follow the one suggested above.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sottini</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=Quick_Start&amp;diff=745</id>
		<title>Quick Start</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=Quick_Start&amp;diff=745"/>
				<updated>2019-02-12T15:25:09Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sottini: /* Review and update master data tables */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;In order to start using Privacy-Now®, you will have to do some preliminary steps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Create users ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the left menu, go to '''''Users &amp;amp; Groups Management / Users Management''''' and create, update ''users'' information.&lt;br /&gt;
For practical information on how to create and update ''users'', see [[Users &amp;amp; Groups]] page in this wiki.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Create groups ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may decide to update ''groups'' or to create new ones. To do this, use the left menu entry '''''Users &amp;amp; Groups Management / Users Management'''''. Remember that ''groups'' can be assigned to one of the four profiles available in the managed processes and that the profiles determine the privileges when performing Privacy-Now® process tasks.&lt;br /&gt;
For practical information on how to create and update ''groups'', see [[Users &amp;amp; Groups]] page in this wiki.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Review and update master data tables ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will find master data tables initially populated. However, it is very likely that you will need to update many of them to fit your need and context.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information on how to create and update master data, see [[Settings]] page in this wiki.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:vimeo|&lt;br /&gt;
https://vimeo.com/316809047|960|center|Short tutorial on Data Processor(s) / Data Controlloer(s) master data}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Finalize application settings ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Review and update the available application settings which allow you to customize some key behaviours of Privacy-Now®.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information on the available application settings and on how to update them, see [[Settings]] page in this wiki.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You need to complete the steps above before being able to fully benefit of Privacy-Now® features to manage your privacy and GDPR compliance. The order of the steps doesn't really matter, although you may find comfortable to follow the one suggested above.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sottini</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=Quick_Start&amp;diff=744</id>
		<title>Quick Start</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=Quick_Start&amp;diff=744"/>
				<updated>2019-02-12T15:24:42Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sottini: /* Review and update master data tables */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;In order to start using Privacy-Now®, you will have to do some preliminary steps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Create users ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the left menu, go to '''''Users &amp;amp; Groups Management / Users Management''''' and create, update ''users'' information.&lt;br /&gt;
For practical information on how to create and update ''users'', see [[Users &amp;amp; Groups]] page in this wiki.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Create groups ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may decide to update ''groups'' or to create new ones. To do this, use the left menu entry '''''Users &amp;amp; Groups Management / Users Management'''''. Remember that ''groups'' can be assigned to one of the four profiles available in the managed processes and that the profiles determine the privileges when performing Privacy-Now® process tasks.&lt;br /&gt;
For practical information on how to create and update ''groups'', see [[Users &amp;amp; Groups]] page in this wiki.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Review and update master data tables ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will find master data tables initially populated. However, it is very likely that you will need to update many of them to fit your need and context.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information on how to create and update master data, see [[Settings]] page in this wiki.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:vimeo|&lt;br /&gt;
https://vimeo.com/316809047|480|center|Short tutorial on Data Processor(s) / Data Controlloer(s) master data}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Finalize application settings ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Review and update the available application settings which allow you to customize some key behaviours of Privacy-Now®.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information on the available application settings and on how to update them, see [[Settings]] page in this wiki.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You need to complete the steps above before being able to fully benefit of Privacy-Now® features to manage your privacy and GDPR compliance. The order of the steps doesn't really matter, although you may find comfortable to follow the one suggested above.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sottini</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=Quick_Start&amp;diff=743</id>
		<title>Quick Start</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=Quick_Start&amp;diff=743"/>
				<updated>2019-02-12T15:20:17Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sottini: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;In order to start using Privacy-Now®, you will have to do some preliminary steps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Create users ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the left menu, go to '''''Users &amp;amp; Groups Management / Users Management''''' and create, update ''users'' information.&lt;br /&gt;
For practical information on how to create and update ''users'', see [[Users &amp;amp; Groups]] page in this wiki.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Create groups ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may decide to update ''groups'' or to create new ones. To do this, use the left menu entry '''''Users &amp;amp; Groups Management / Users Management'''''. Remember that ''groups'' can be assigned to one of the four profiles available in the managed processes and that the profiles determine the privileges when performing Privacy-Now® process tasks.&lt;br /&gt;
For practical information on how to create and update ''groups'', see [[Users &amp;amp; Groups]] page in this wiki.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Review and update master data tables ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will find master data tables initially populated. However, it is very likely that you will need to update many of them to fit your need and context.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information on how to create and update master data, see [[Settings]] page in this wiki.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:vimeo|&lt;br /&gt;
https://vimeo.com/316809047}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Finalize application settings ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Review and update the available application settings which allow you to customize some key behaviours of Privacy-Now®.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information on the available application settings and on how to update them, see [[Settings]] page in this wiki.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You need to complete the steps above before being able to fully benefit of Privacy-Now® features to manage your privacy and GDPR compliance. The order of the steps doesn't really matter, although you may find comfortable to follow the one suggested above.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sottini</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=Users_%26_Groups&amp;diff=742</id>
		<title>Users &amp; Groups</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=Users_%26_Groups&amp;diff=742"/>
				<updated>2019-02-05T14:57:53Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sottini: /* Users Management */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Users Management==&lt;br /&gt;
New ''users'' can be created using '''''Add New''''' and choosing '''New User''' in the self service menu. &lt;br /&gt;
Existing ''users'' can be update selecting &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;''Users &amp;amp; Groups Management / Users Management''&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; menu and selecting the record to manage from the list.&lt;br /&gt;
Access to ''users'' creation and administration is limited to ''users'' having administrative role (see later).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Users'' shall be activated (in status &amp;quot;Active&amp;quot;) to be operational. In other statuses, ''users'' are not active (they cannot login into Privacy-Now®) nor they are counted as licensed ''users''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Users'' information are organized in five sections:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Tracking''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Identification''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Details''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Process Settings''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Password Management''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The table below reports the fields and a short description of them:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Section !! Field !! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Tracking''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Code&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Unique ''user'' identifier, automatically created by the system.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Tracking''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Project/Service&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Environment identifier, corresponding to the organization owner of Privacy-Now® subscription and automatically managed by the system.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Identification''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Ticket Type&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Record type identifier, automatically managed by the system. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Identification''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Ticket Op Status&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Status of the ''user''. Possible statuses are &amp;quot;Inactive&amp;quot; (when initially created) or ''Active''. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Details''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Name&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Name of the ''user''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Details''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Surname&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Surname of the ''user''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Details''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Username&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Login name used to access Privacy-Now®.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Details''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Email&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Email of the ''user''. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Details''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Admin&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || This field may have two possible values &amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;No&amp;quot;. If set to &amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; the ''user'' has administrative privileges and can perform special tasks such as ''users'' and ''groups'' administration but also manage [[Settings#Introduction|settings]].&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Details''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Language&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || The application interface language set for the ''user''. Supported languages are currently &amp;quot;English&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;French&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Italian&amp;quot;. &amp;quot;Spanish&amp;quot; will come next.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Process Settings''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Access Request Creator&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || If set to &amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot;, it enables the user to create new ''access requests''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Process Settings''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Action Creator&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || If set to &amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot;, it enables the user to create new ''actions''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Process Settings''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Audit Creator&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || If set to &amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot;, it enables the user to create new ''audits''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Process Settings''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;s|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Consent Creator&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || If set to &amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot;, it enables the user to create new ''consents''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Process Settings''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Data Breach Creator&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || If set to &amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot;, it enables the user to create new ''data breaches''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Process Settings''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Privacy Impact Assessment Creator&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || If set to &amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot;, it enables the user to create new ''privacy impact assessments''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Process Settings''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Issue / NC Creator&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || If set to &amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot;, it enables the user to create new ''issues / non conformities''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Process Settings''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Risk Creator&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || If set to &amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot;, it enables the user to create new ''risks''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Process Settings''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Processing Activity Creator&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || If set to &amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot;, it enables the user to create new ''processing activities''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Process Settings''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Knowledge Item Creator&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || If set to &amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot;, it enables the user to create new ''knowledge items''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Password Management''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;New Password&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Old Password&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Confirm New Password&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || These fields work together, enter a new password in &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;New Password&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;, enter the previous password in &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Old Password&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;, confirm the new password in &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Confirm New Password&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; and press '''CHANGE PASSWORD''' to change the ''user'' password. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that when the environment is initially created, a ''user'' with administrative role is created and activated using subscription information. The access credentials of this ''user'' are sent by mail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information on how to manage the ''user'' record, visit [[How_To#Records_Management|records management]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Groups Management==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;''Users &amp;amp; Groups Management / Add Group''&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; menu item lists the available ''groups'' and allows to manage ''groups'' (create, modify, delete). Only ''users'' with administrative privileges have the rights to perform ''group'' management.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a Privacy-Now® environment is created, a set of default ''groups'' are generated. They are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Group!! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;organization&amp;gt; - AUD || Designed to include the ''auditors'' ''users''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;organization&amp;gt; - DC || Designed to include the ''data controller'' ''users''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;organization&amp;gt; - DP || Designed to include the ''data processor'' ''users''. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;organization&amp;gt; - DPO || Designed to include the ''data protection officers'' ''users''&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the table above, &amp;lt;organization&amp;gt; is to be replaced with the name of the organization used for Privacy-Now® subscription.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that ''groups'' are only collections of ''users'' and that actual privileges are defined in process records (e.g. ''access requests'') by assigning a ''group'' to one of the available profiles (see process guides). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The pre configured groups cannot be deleted but they can be renamed and modified in terms of belonging members.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If Privacy process defined at ''Company'' level required the implementation of others roles, the ''Administrator'' can define all the other necessary Groups,to make the standard process complaint the company one using the &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;''Add New''&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; function&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Add group ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;''Users &amp;amp; Groups Management / Add Group''&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; menu item enables to create a new ''group''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The table below reports the fields belonging to a ''group'' and a short description of them:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Section !! Field !! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''General''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Name&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ||The name of the group.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''General''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Description&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ||A description for the group (e.g. its purpose).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''General''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Default&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ||Non editable, automatically managed by Privacy-Now®.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''General''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Status&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ||Non editable, automatically managed by Privacy-Now®.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Members''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Code&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ||The ''user'' identifier of the member, not editable and automatically managed by Privacy-Now®. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Members''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Full Name&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ||Surname and Name of the member, not editable here because assigned in ''user'' management.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Members''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;User Login&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ||Login identifier of the member, not editable here because assigned in ''user'' management.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Members''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Group Manager&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ||Used to identify and mark if the member of the ''group'' is the manager of the group. Actually, the manager will have the same privileges as the members.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Members''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Type&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ||Field not used.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Members''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Status&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ||Status of the member, not editable here because modified in ''user'' management.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Members''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;VIP Type&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ||Field not used.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''General''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; form, use '''SAVE''' or '''SAVE&amp;amp;EXIT''' to update the ''group''. Use '''DELETE''' to delete a ''group''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Members''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; form see the figure below for the available commands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Groups_management_ENG_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Groups management controls and commands.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Modify group ===&lt;br /&gt;
Use &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;''Users &amp;amp; Groups Management / Groups Management''&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; menu item to see the list of available ''groups'' and click on the one to update. Modify using the features and commands described above in [[Users_&amp;amp;_Groups#Add_group|Add group]].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sottini</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=Users_%26_Groups&amp;diff=741</id>
		<title>Users &amp; Groups</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=Users_%26_Groups&amp;diff=741"/>
				<updated>2019-02-05T14:57:14Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sottini: /* Users Management */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Users Management==&lt;br /&gt;
New ''users'' can be created using '''''Add New''''' and choosing '''New User''' in the self service menu. &lt;br /&gt;
Existing ''users'' can be update selecting &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;''Users &amp;amp; Groups Management / Users Management''&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; menu and selecting the record to manage from the list.&lt;br /&gt;
Access to ''users'' creation and administration is limited to ''users'' having administrative role (see later).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Users'' shall be activated (in status &amp;quot;Active&amp;quot;) to be operational. In other statuses, ''users'' are not active (they cannot login into Privacy-Now®) nor they are counted as licensed ''users''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;embedvideo service=&amp;quot;vimeo&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://vimeo.com/272320345&amp;lt;/embedvideo&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:vimeo|https://vimeo.com/272320345}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Users'' information are organized in five sections:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Tracking''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Identification''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Details''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Process Settings''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Password Management''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The table below reports the fields and a short description of them:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Section !! Field !! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Tracking''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Code&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Unique ''user'' identifier, automatically created by the system.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Tracking''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Project/Service&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Environment identifier, corresponding to the organization owner of Privacy-Now® subscription and automatically managed by the system.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Identification''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Ticket Type&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Record type identifier, automatically managed by the system. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Identification''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Ticket Op Status&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Status of the ''user''. Possible statuses are &amp;quot;Inactive&amp;quot; (when initially created) or ''Active''. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Details''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Name&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Name of the ''user''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Details''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Surname&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Surname of the ''user''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Details''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Username&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Login name used to access Privacy-Now®.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Details''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Email&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Email of the ''user''. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Details''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Admin&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || This field may have two possible values &amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;No&amp;quot;. If set to &amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; the ''user'' has administrative privileges and can perform special tasks such as ''users'' and ''groups'' administration but also manage [[Settings#Introduction|settings]].&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Details''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Language&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || The application interface language set for the ''user''. Supported languages are currently &amp;quot;English&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;French&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Italian&amp;quot;. &amp;quot;Spanish&amp;quot; will come next.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Process Settings''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Access Request Creator&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || If set to &amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot;, it enables the user to create new ''access requests''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Process Settings''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Action Creator&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || If set to &amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot;, it enables the user to create new ''actions''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Process Settings''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Audit Creator&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || If set to &amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot;, it enables the user to create new ''audits''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Process Settings''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;s|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Consent Creator&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || If set to &amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot;, it enables the user to create new ''consents''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Process Settings''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Data Breach Creator&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || If set to &amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot;, it enables the user to create new ''data breaches''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Process Settings''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Privacy Impact Assessment Creator&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || If set to &amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot;, it enables the user to create new ''privacy impact assessments''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Process Settings''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Issue / NC Creator&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || If set to &amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot;, it enables the user to create new ''issues / non conformities''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Process Settings''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Risk Creator&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || If set to &amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot;, it enables the user to create new ''risks''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Process Settings''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Processing Activity Creator&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || If set to &amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot;, it enables the user to create new ''processing activities''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Process Settings''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Knowledge Item Creator&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || If set to &amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot;, it enables the user to create new ''knowledge items''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Password Management''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;New Password&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Old Password&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Confirm New Password&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || These fields work together, enter a new password in &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;New Password&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;, enter the previous password in &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Old Password&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;, confirm the new password in &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Confirm New Password&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; and press '''CHANGE PASSWORD''' to change the ''user'' password. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that when the environment is initially created, a ''user'' with administrative role is created and activated using subscription information. The access credentials of this ''user'' are sent by mail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information on how to manage the ''user'' record, visit [[How_To#Records_Management|records management]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Groups Management==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;''Users &amp;amp; Groups Management / Add Group''&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; menu item lists the available ''groups'' and allows to manage ''groups'' (create, modify, delete). Only ''users'' with administrative privileges have the rights to perform ''group'' management.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a Privacy-Now® environment is created, a set of default ''groups'' are generated. They are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Group!! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;organization&amp;gt; - AUD || Designed to include the ''auditors'' ''users''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;organization&amp;gt; - DC || Designed to include the ''data controller'' ''users''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;organization&amp;gt; - DP || Designed to include the ''data processor'' ''users''. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;organization&amp;gt; - DPO || Designed to include the ''data protection officers'' ''users''&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the table above, &amp;lt;organization&amp;gt; is to be replaced with the name of the organization used for Privacy-Now® subscription.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that ''groups'' are only collections of ''users'' and that actual privileges are defined in process records (e.g. ''access requests'') by assigning a ''group'' to one of the available profiles (see process guides). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The pre configured groups cannot be deleted but they can be renamed and modified in terms of belonging members.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If Privacy process defined at ''Company'' level required the implementation of others roles, the ''Administrator'' can define all the other necessary Groups,to make the standard process complaint the company one using the &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;''Add New''&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; function&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Add group ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;''Users &amp;amp; Groups Management / Add Group''&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; menu item enables to create a new ''group''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The table below reports the fields belonging to a ''group'' and a short description of them:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Section !! Field !! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''General''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Name&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ||The name of the group.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''General''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Description&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ||A description for the group (e.g. its purpose).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''General''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Default&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ||Non editable, automatically managed by Privacy-Now®.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''General''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Status&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ||Non editable, automatically managed by Privacy-Now®.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Members''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Code&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ||The ''user'' identifier of the member, not editable and automatically managed by Privacy-Now®. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Members''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Full Name&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ||Surname and Name of the member, not editable here because assigned in ''user'' management.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Members''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;User Login&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ||Login identifier of the member, not editable here because assigned in ''user'' management.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Members''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Group Manager&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ||Used to identify and mark if the member of the ''group'' is the manager of the group. Actually, the manager will have the same privileges as the members.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Members''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Type&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ||Field not used.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Members''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Status&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ||Status of the member, not editable here because modified in ''user'' management.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Members''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;VIP Type&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ||Field not used.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''General''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; form, use '''SAVE''' or '''SAVE&amp;amp;EXIT''' to update the ''group''. Use '''DELETE''' to delete a ''group''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Members''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; form see the figure below for the available commands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Groups_management_ENG_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Groups management controls and commands.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Modify group ===&lt;br /&gt;
Use &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;''Users &amp;amp; Groups Management / Groups Management''&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; menu item to see the list of available ''groups'' and click on the one to update. Modify using the features and commands described above in [[Users_&amp;amp;_Groups#Add_group|Add group]].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sottini</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=Users_%26_Groups&amp;diff=740</id>
		<title>Users &amp; Groups</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=Users_%26_Groups&amp;diff=740"/>
				<updated>2019-02-05T14:54:10Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sottini: /* Users Management */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Users Management==&lt;br /&gt;
New ''users'' can be created using '''''Add New''''' and choosing '''New User''' in the self service menu. &lt;br /&gt;
Existing ''users'' can be update selecting &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;''Users &amp;amp; Groups Management / Users Management''&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; menu and selecting the record to manage from the list.&lt;br /&gt;
Access to ''users'' creation and administration is limited to ''users'' having administrative role (see later).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Users'' shall be activated (in status &amp;quot;Active&amp;quot;) to be operational. In other statuses, ''users'' are not active (they cannot login into Privacy-Now®) nor they are counted as licensed ''users''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;embedvideo service=&amp;quot;vimeo&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://vimeo.com/272320345&amp;lt;/embedvideo&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Users'' information are organized in five sections:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Tracking''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Identification''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Details''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Process Settings''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Password Management''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The table below reports the fields and a short description of them:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Section !! Field !! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Tracking''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Code&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Unique ''user'' identifier, automatically created by the system.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Tracking''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Project/Service&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Environment identifier, corresponding to the organization owner of Privacy-Now® subscription and automatically managed by the system.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Identification''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Ticket Type&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Record type identifier, automatically managed by the system. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Identification''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Ticket Op Status&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Status of the ''user''. Possible statuses are &amp;quot;Inactive&amp;quot; (when initially created) or ''Active''. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Details''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Name&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Name of the ''user''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Details''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Surname&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Surname of the ''user''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Details''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Username&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Login name used to access Privacy-Now®.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Details''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Email&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Email of the ''user''. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Details''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Admin&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || This field may have two possible values &amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;No&amp;quot;. If set to &amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; the ''user'' has administrative privileges and can perform special tasks such as ''users'' and ''groups'' administration but also manage [[Settings#Introduction|settings]].&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Details''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Language&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || The application interface language set for the ''user''. Supported languages are currently &amp;quot;English&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;French&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Italian&amp;quot;. &amp;quot;Spanish&amp;quot; will come next.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Process Settings''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Access Request Creator&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || If set to &amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot;, it enables the user to create new ''access requests''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Process Settings''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Action Creator&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || If set to &amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot;, it enables the user to create new ''actions''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Process Settings''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Audit Creator&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || If set to &amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot;, it enables the user to create new ''audits''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Process Settings''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;s|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Consent Creator&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || If set to &amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot;, it enables the user to create new ''consents''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Process Settings''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Data Breach Creator&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || If set to &amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot;, it enables the user to create new ''data breaches''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Process Settings''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Privacy Impact Assessment Creator&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || If set to &amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot;, it enables the user to create new ''privacy impact assessments''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Process Settings''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Issue / NC Creator&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || If set to &amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot;, it enables the user to create new ''issues / non conformities''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Process Settings''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Risk Creator&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || If set to &amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot;, it enables the user to create new ''risks''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Process Settings''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Processing Activity Creator&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || If set to &amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot;, it enables the user to create new ''processing activities''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Process Settings''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Knowledge Item Creator&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || If set to &amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot;, it enables the user to create new ''knowledge items''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Password Management''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;New Password&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Old Password&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Confirm New Password&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || These fields work together, enter a new password in &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;New Password&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;, enter the previous password in &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Old Password&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;, confirm the new password in &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Confirm New Password&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; and press '''CHANGE PASSWORD''' to change the ''user'' password. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that when the environment is initially created, a ''user'' with administrative role is created and activated using subscription information. The access credentials of this ''user'' are sent by mail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information on how to manage the ''user'' record, visit [[How_To#Records_Management|records management]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Groups Management==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;''Users &amp;amp; Groups Management / Add Group''&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; menu item lists the available ''groups'' and allows to manage ''groups'' (create, modify, delete). Only ''users'' with administrative privileges have the rights to perform ''group'' management.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a Privacy-Now® environment is created, a set of default ''groups'' are generated. They are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Group!! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;organization&amp;gt; - AUD || Designed to include the ''auditors'' ''users''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;organization&amp;gt; - DC || Designed to include the ''data controller'' ''users''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;organization&amp;gt; - DP || Designed to include the ''data processor'' ''users''. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;organization&amp;gt; - DPO || Designed to include the ''data protection officers'' ''users''&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the table above, &amp;lt;organization&amp;gt; is to be replaced with the name of the organization used for Privacy-Now® subscription.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that ''groups'' are only collections of ''users'' and that actual privileges are defined in process records (e.g. ''access requests'') by assigning a ''group'' to one of the available profiles (see process guides). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The pre configured groups cannot be deleted but they can be renamed and modified in terms of belonging members.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If Privacy process defined at ''Company'' level required the implementation of others roles, the ''Administrator'' can define all the other necessary Groups,to make the standard process complaint the company one using the &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;''Add New''&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; function&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Add group ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;''Users &amp;amp; Groups Management / Add Group''&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; menu item enables to create a new ''group''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The table below reports the fields belonging to a ''group'' and a short description of them:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Section !! Field !! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''General''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Name&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ||The name of the group.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''General''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Description&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ||A description for the group (e.g. its purpose).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''General''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Default&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ||Non editable, automatically managed by Privacy-Now®.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''General''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Status&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ||Non editable, automatically managed by Privacy-Now®.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Members''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Code&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ||The ''user'' identifier of the member, not editable and automatically managed by Privacy-Now®. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Members''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Full Name&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ||Surname and Name of the member, not editable here because assigned in ''user'' management.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Members''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;User Login&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ||Login identifier of the member, not editable here because assigned in ''user'' management.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Members''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Group Manager&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ||Used to identify and mark if the member of the ''group'' is the manager of the group. Actually, the manager will have the same privileges as the members.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Members''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Type&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ||Field not used.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Members''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Status&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ||Status of the member, not editable here because modified in ''user'' management.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Members''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;VIP Type&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ||Field not used.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''General''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; form, use '''SAVE''' or '''SAVE&amp;amp;EXIT''' to update the ''group''. Use '''DELETE''' to delete a ''group''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Members''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; form see the figure below for the available commands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Groups_management_ENG_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Groups management controls and commands.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Modify group ===&lt;br /&gt;
Use &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;''Users &amp;amp; Groups Management / Groups Management''&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; menu item to see the list of available ''groups'' and click on the one to update. Modify using the features and commands described above in [[Users_&amp;amp;_Groups#Add_group|Add group]].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sottini</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=Users_%26_Groups&amp;diff=739</id>
		<title>Users &amp; Groups</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=Users_%26_Groups&amp;diff=739"/>
				<updated>2019-02-05T14:48:01Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sottini: /* Users Management */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Users Management==&lt;br /&gt;
New ''users'' can be created using '''''Add New''''' and choosing '''New User''' in the self service menu. &lt;br /&gt;
Existing ''users'' can be update selecting &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;''Users &amp;amp; Groups Management / Users Management''&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; menu and selecting the record to manage from the list.&lt;br /&gt;
Access to ''users'' creation and administration is limited to ''users'' having administrative role (see later).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Users'' shall be activated (in status &amp;quot;Active&amp;quot;) to be operational. In other statuses, ''users'' are not active (they cannot login into Privacy-Now®) nor they are counted as licensed ''users''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;vimeo&amp;gt;https://vimeo.com/272320345&amp;lt;vimeo&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Users'' information are organized in five sections:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Tracking''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Identification''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Details''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Process Settings''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Password Management''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The table below reports the fields and a short description of them:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Section !! Field !! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Tracking''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Code&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Unique ''user'' identifier, automatically created by the system.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Tracking''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Project/Service&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Environment identifier, corresponding to the organization owner of Privacy-Now® subscription and automatically managed by the system.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Identification''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Ticket Type&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Record type identifier, automatically managed by the system. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Identification''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Ticket Op Status&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Status of the ''user''. Possible statuses are &amp;quot;Inactive&amp;quot; (when initially created) or ''Active''. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Details''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Name&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Name of the ''user''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Details''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Surname&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Surname of the ''user''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Details''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Username&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Login name used to access Privacy-Now®.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Details''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Email&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Email of the ''user''. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Details''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Admin&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || This field may have two possible values &amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;No&amp;quot;. If set to &amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; the ''user'' has administrative privileges and can perform special tasks such as ''users'' and ''groups'' administration but also manage [[Settings#Introduction|settings]].&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Details''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Language&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || The application interface language set for the ''user''. Supported languages are currently &amp;quot;English&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;French&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Italian&amp;quot;. &amp;quot;Spanish&amp;quot; will come next.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Process Settings''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Access Request Creator&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || If set to &amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot;, it enables the user to create new ''access requests''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Process Settings''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Action Creator&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || If set to &amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot;, it enables the user to create new ''actions''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Process Settings''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Audit Creator&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || If set to &amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot;, it enables the user to create new ''audits''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Process Settings''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;s|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Consent Creator&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || If set to &amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot;, it enables the user to create new ''consents''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Process Settings''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Data Breach Creator&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || If set to &amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot;, it enables the user to create new ''data breaches''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Process Settings''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Privacy Impact Assessment Creator&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || If set to &amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot;, it enables the user to create new ''privacy impact assessments''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Process Settings''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Issue / NC Creator&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || If set to &amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot;, it enables the user to create new ''issues / non conformities''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Process Settings''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Risk Creator&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || If set to &amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot;, it enables the user to create new ''risks''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Process Settings''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Processing Activity Creator&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || If set to &amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot;, it enables the user to create new ''processing activities''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Process Settings''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Knowledge Item Creator&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || If set to &amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot;, it enables the user to create new ''knowledge items''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Password Management''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;New Password&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Old Password&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Confirm New Password&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || These fields work together, enter a new password in &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;New Password&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;, enter the previous password in &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Old Password&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;, confirm the new password in &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Confirm New Password&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; and press '''CHANGE PASSWORD''' to change the ''user'' password. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that when the environment is initially created, a ''user'' with administrative role is created and activated using subscription information. The access credentials of this ''user'' are sent by mail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information on how to manage the ''user'' record, visit [[How_To#Records_Management|records management]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Groups Management==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;''Users &amp;amp; Groups Management / Add Group''&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; menu item lists the available ''groups'' and allows to manage ''groups'' (create, modify, delete). Only ''users'' with administrative privileges have the rights to perform ''group'' management.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a Privacy-Now® environment is created, a set of default ''groups'' are generated. They are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Group!! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;organization&amp;gt; - AUD || Designed to include the ''auditors'' ''users''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;organization&amp;gt; - DC || Designed to include the ''data controller'' ''users''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;organization&amp;gt; - DP || Designed to include the ''data processor'' ''users''. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;organization&amp;gt; - DPO || Designed to include the ''data protection officers'' ''users''&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the table above, &amp;lt;organization&amp;gt; is to be replaced with the name of the organization used for Privacy-Now® subscription.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that ''groups'' are only collections of ''users'' and that actual privileges are defined in process records (e.g. ''access requests'') by assigning a ''group'' to one of the available profiles (see process guides). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The pre configured groups cannot be deleted but they can be renamed and modified in terms of belonging members.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If Privacy process defined at ''Company'' level required the implementation of others roles, the ''Administrator'' can define all the other necessary Groups,to make the standard process complaint the company one using the &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;''Add New''&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; function&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Add group ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;''Users &amp;amp; Groups Management / Add Group''&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; menu item enables to create a new ''group''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The table below reports the fields belonging to a ''group'' and a short description of them:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Section !! Field !! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''General''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Name&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ||The name of the group.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''General''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Description&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ||A description for the group (e.g. its purpose).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''General''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Default&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ||Non editable, automatically managed by Privacy-Now®.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''General''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Status&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ||Non editable, automatically managed by Privacy-Now®.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Members''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Code&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ||The ''user'' identifier of the member, not editable and automatically managed by Privacy-Now®. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Members''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Full Name&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ||Surname and Name of the member, not editable here because assigned in ''user'' management.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Members''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;User Login&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ||Login identifier of the member, not editable here because assigned in ''user'' management.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Members''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Group Manager&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ||Used to identify and mark if the member of the ''group'' is the manager of the group. Actually, the manager will have the same privileges as the members.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Members''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Type&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ||Field not used.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Members''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Status&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ||Status of the member, not editable here because modified in ''user'' management.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Members''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;|| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;VIP Type&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ||Field not used.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''General''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; form, use '''SAVE''' or '''SAVE&amp;amp;EXIT''' to update the ''group''. Use '''DELETE''' to delete a ''group''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Members''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; form see the figure below for the available commands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Groups_management_ENG_v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Groups management controls and commands.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Modify group ===&lt;br /&gt;
Use &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;''Users &amp;amp; Groups Management / Groups Management''&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; menu item to see the list of available ''groups'' and click on the one to update. Modify using the features and commands described above in [[Users_&amp;amp;_Groups#Add_group|Add group]].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sottini</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=Glossary&amp;diff=714</id>
		<title>Glossary</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=Glossary&amp;diff=714"/>
				<updated>2018-10-29T11:28:26Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sottini: /* D */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Below is a list of terms and definitions used in this documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== A ==&lt;br /&gt;
* ''AC'': see Actions&lt;br /&gt;
* ''AR'': see Access Requests.&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Access Request'': a record which allows to manage the lifecycle of a request to access information on how ''personal data'' are managed by a data subject. A specific workflow in Privacy-Now® supports the lifecycle of ''access requests'' (see [[Access Requests]]). &lt;br /&gt;
* ''Action'': any activity performed by the ''organization'' in order to manage any other process supported by Privacy Now® (i.e. access requests, audits, consents, data breaches, issues, non conformities, privacy impact assessments, records of processing activities). Privacy Now® allows to record and support the lifecycle of ''actions'' with a specific workflow (see [[Actions]]).&lt;br /&gt;
* ''AU'': see Audit.&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Audit'': an inspection, either made by internal, external or independent resources (see ''auditors'') aimed at checking the status of ''personal data'' management system and activities. Privacy Now® supports audit activities with a specific workflow (see [[Audits]]).&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Auditor'': any resource, internal or external of an organization with auditing responsibilities on ''personal data'' management.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== B ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== C ==&lt;br /&gt;
*''CO'': see Consents.&lt;br /&gt;
*''Consent'': the authorization (or denial) to manage ''personal data'' given by a ''data subject''. In Privacy-Now® ''consents'' lifecycle is supported by the consent management workflow (see [[Consents]] for more information).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== D ==&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Dashboard'': an information management tool that visually tracks, analyzes and displays key performance indicators (KPI), metrics and key data points to monitor the health of ''privacy management processes''.&lt;br /&gt;
* ''DB'': see Data Breaches.&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Data breach'': a breach of security leading to the accidental or unlawful destruction, loss, alteration, unauthorised disclosure of, or access to, personal data transmitted, stored or otherwise processed.&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Data controller'': means the natural or legal person, public authority, agency or other body which, alone or jointly with others, determines the purposes and means of the processing of personal data.&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Data processor'': means a natural or legal person, public authority, agency or other body which processes personal data on behalf of the controller.&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Data Protection Impact Assessment'': an assessment designed to help an organization to assess the risks associated with data processing activities that could compromise the rights and freedoms of individuals. In Privacy-Now® ''data protection impact assessments'' are managed using the ''privacy impact assessment'' workflow (see [[Privacy Impact Assessments]]).&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Data Protection Officer'': a data protection officer is an enterprise security leadership role required by the General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR). Data protection officers are responsible for overseeing data protection strategy and implementation to ensure compliance with GDPR requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Data subject'': a ''natural person'' whose personal data are managed by the ''organization''.&lt;br /&gt;
* ''DPA'': abbreviation for Data Processing Activity.&lt;br /&gt;
* ''DPA Owner'': the person in charge of managing one or more data processing activity records. This person has the privileges to change the content and status of the record.&lt;br /&gt;
* ''DPIA'': see ''data protection impact assessment''.&lt;br /&gt;
* ''DPO'': see ''Data Protection Officer''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== E ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== F ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== G ==&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Group'': a set of people which can be assigned to a profile to grant specific privileges to manage a process (e.g. ''Actions'' management). See [[Users &amp;amp; Groups]] for more information on how to manage ''groups''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== H ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== I ==&lt;br /&gt;
* ''INC'': see Issues &amp;amp; Non Conformities.&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Issue'': an important topic or problem for debate or discussion related to ''personal data management''. A specific workflow in Privacy-Now® supports the lifecycle of ''issues'' (See [[Issues &amp;amp; Non Conformities]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== K ==&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Knowledge item'': a piece of information or a knowledge record concerning the protection of ''personal data''. ''Knowledge items'' can be added and managed by the ''users'' but some are by the team of Privacy-Now® and cannot be edited by the ''users''.&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Knowledge portal'': a functionality of Privacy-Now® which presents ''knowledge items'' organized in categories. In the portal, ''knowledge items'' are visible to the members of the ''group'' they are published to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== L ==&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Login'': TBC&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== M ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== N ==&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Non conformity'': a deviation from the agreed policies and/or ''personal data'' management processes and procedures. A specific workflow in Privacy-Now® supports the lifecycle of ''non conformities'' (See [[Issues &amp;amp; Non Conformities]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== O ==&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Organization'': the organisation using Privacy Now® to manage ''data subjects''' ''personal data''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== P ==&lt;br /&gt;
* ''PA'': see Processing Activities.&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Personal data'': it means any information relating to an identified or identifiable natural person (‘data subject’); an identifiable natural person is one who can be identified, directly or indirectly, in particular by reference to an identifier such as a name, an identification number, location data, an online identifier or to one or more factors specific to the physical, physiological, genetic, mental, economic, cultural or social identity of that natural person.&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Personal data breach'': see ''data breach''.&lt;br /&gt;
* ''PIA'': see ''Privacy Impact Assessment''.&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Privacy Impact Assessment'': a systematic process which identifies and evaluates from the perspectives of all stakeholders the potential effects on privacy of a project, initiative or proposed system or scheme and which includes a search for ways to avoid or mitigate negative privacy impacts. In Privacy-Now®, ''privacy impact assessment'' are focused to assess the impact on ''processing activities'' (see ''data protection impact assessment'').&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Privacy management processes'': the processes and corresponding workflows automated by Privacy-Now® and aimed to support effective and efficient ''personal data'' management to achieve compliance against policies and regulations.&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Processing activities'': means any operation or set of operations which is performed on ''personal data'' or on sets of ''personal data'', whether or not by automated means, such as collection, recording, organisation, structuring, storage, adaptation or alteration, retrieval, consultation, use, disclosure by transmission, dissemination or otherwise making available, alignment or combination, restriction, erasure or destruction. Privacy Now® supports ''processing activities'' lifecycle with a specific workflow (see [[Processing Activities]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Q ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== R ==&lt;br /&gt;
* ''RI'': see Risks.&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Risks'': TBD&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== S ==&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Save &amp;amp; Next'': basic function of the system that enable the ''User'' to save the ticket information and move the ticket status to the Next one. If more than one status is possible the ''User'' has to select the final status to be reach.&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Settings'': settings which can be updated for Privacy Now® service.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== T ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== U ==&lt;br /&gt;
* ''User'': users of Privacy Now®.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== V ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* ''View'': a list of records concerning a specific ''privacy management process''. It is possible to access to ''views'' from the left menu of the application. See also [[How To]] for more information on how to use ''views''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== X ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Y ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Z ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sottini</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=Glossary&amp;diff=595</id>
		<title>Glossary</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=Glossary&amp;diff=595"/>
				<updated>2018-10-10T14:36:32Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sottini: /* D */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Below is a list of terms and definitions used in this documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== A ==&lt;br /&gt;
* ''AC'': see Actions&lt;br /&gt;
* ''AR'': see Access Requests.&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Access Request'': a record which allows to manage the lifecycle of a request to access information on how ''personal data'' are managed by a data subject. A specific workflow in Privacy-Now® supports the lifecycle of ''access requests'' (see [[Access Requests]]). &lt;br /&gt;
* ''Action'': any activity performed by the ''organization'' in order to manage any other process supported by Privacy Now® (i.e. access requests, audits, consents, data breaches, issues, non conformities, privacy impact assessments, records of processing activities). Privacy Now® allows to record and support the lifecycle of ''actions'' with a specific workflow (see [[Actions]]).&lt;br /&gt;
* ''AU'': see Audit.&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Audit'': an inspection, either made by internal, external or independent resources (see ''auditors'') aimed at checking the status of ''personal data'' management system and activities. Privacy Now® supports audit activities with a specific workflow (see [[Audits]]).&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Auditor'': any resource, internal or external of an organization with auditing responsibilities on ''personal data'' management.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== B ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== C ==&lt;br /&gt;
*''CO'': see Consents.&lt;br /&gt;
*''Consent'': the authorization (or denial) to manage ''personal data'' given by a ''data subject''. In Privacy-Now® ''consents'' lifecycle is supported by the consent management workflow (see [[Consents]] for more information).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== D ==&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Dashboard'': an information management tool that visually tracks, analyzes and displays key performance indicators (KPI), metrics and key data points to monitor the health of ''privacy management processes''.&lt;br /&gt;
* ''DB'': see Data Breaches.&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Data breach'': a breach of security leading to the accidental or unlawful destruction, loss, alteration, unauthorised disclosure of, or access to, personal data transmitted, stored or otherwise processed.&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Data controller'': means the natural or legal person, public authority, agency or other body which, alone or jointly with others, determines the purposes and means of the processing of personal data.&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Data Processor'': means a natural or legal person, public authority, agency or other body which processes personal data on behalf of the controller.&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Data Protection Impact Assessment'': an assessment designed to help an organization to assess the risks associated with data processing activities that could compromise the rights and freedoms of individuals. In Privacy-Now® ''data protection impact assessments'' are managed using the ''privacy impact assessment'' workflow (see [[Privacy Impact Assessments]]).&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Data Protection Officer'': a data protection officer is an enterprise security leadership role required by the General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR). Data protection officers are responsible for overseeing data protection strategy and implementation to ensure compliance with GDPR requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Data subject'': a ''natural person'' whose personal data are managed by the ''organization''.&lt;br /&gt;
* ''DPA'': abbreviation for Data Processing Activity.&lt;br /&gt;
* ''DPA Owner'': the person in charge of managing one or more data processing activity records. This person has the privileges to change the content and status of the record.&lt;br /&gt;
* ''DPIA'': see ''data protection impact assessment''.&lt;br /&gt;
* ''DPO'': see ''Data Protection Officer''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== E ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== F ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== G ==&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Group'': a set of people which can be assigned to a profile to grant specific privileges to manage a process (e.g. ''Actions'' management). See [[Users &amp;amp; Groups]] for more information on how to manage ''groups''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== H ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== I ==&lt;br /&gt;
* ''INC'': see Issues &amp;amp; Non Conformities.&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Issue'': an important topic or problem for debate or discussion related to ''personal data management''. A specific workflow in Privacy-Now® supports the lifecycle of ''issues'' (See [[Issues &amp;amp; Non Conformities]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== K ==&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Knowledge item'': a piece of information or a knowledge record concerning the protection of ''personal data''. ''Knowledge items'' can be added and managed by the ''users'' but some are by the team of Privacy-Now® and cannot be edited by the ''users''.&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Knowledge portal'': a functionality of Privacy-Now® which presents ''knowledge items'' organized in categories. In the portal, ''knowledge items'' are visible to the members of the ''group'' they are published to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== L ==&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Login'': TBC&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== M ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== N ==&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Non conformity'': a deviation from the agreed policies and/or ''personal data'' management processes and procedures. A specific workflow in Privacy-Now® supports the lifecycle of ''non conformities'' (See [[Issues &amp;amp; Non Conformities]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== O ==&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Organization'': the organisation using Privacy Now® to manage ''data subjects''' ''personal data''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== P ==&lt;br /&gt;
* ''PA'': see Processing Activities.&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Personal data'': it means any information relating to an identified or identifiable natural person (‘data subject’); an identifiable natural person is one who can be identified, directly or indirectly, in particular by reference to an identifier such as a name, an identification number, location data, an online identifier or to one or more factors specific to the physical, physiological, genetic, mental, economic, cultural or social identity of that natural person.&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Personal data breach'': see ''data breach''.&lt;br /&gt;
* ''PIA'': see ''Privacy Impact Assessment''.&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Privacy Impact Assessment'': a systematic process which identifies and evaluates from the perspectives of all stakeholders the potential effects on privacy of a project, initiative or proposed system or scheme and which includes a search for ways to avoid or mitigate negative privacy impacts. In Privacy-Now®, ''privacy impact assessment'' are focused to assess the impact on ''processing activities'' (see ''data protection impact assessment'').&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Privacy management processes'': the processes and corresponding workflows automated by Privacy-Now® and aimed to support effective and efficient ''personal data'' management to achieve compliance against policies and regulations.&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Processing activities'': means any operation or set of operations which is performed on ''personal data'' or on sets of ''personal data'', whether or not by automated means, such as collection, recording, organisation, structuring, storage, adaptation or alteration, retrieval, consultation, use, disclosure by transmission, dissemination or otherwise making available, alignment or combination, restriction, erasure or destruction. Privacy Now® supports ''processing activities'' lifecycle with a specific workflow (see [[Processing Activities]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Q ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== R ==&lt;br /&gt;
* ''RI'': see Risks.&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Risks'': TBD&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== S ==&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Save &amp;amp; Next'': basic function of the system that enable the ''User'' to save the ticket information and move the ticket status to the Next one. If more than one status is possible the ''User'' has to select the final status to be reach.&lt;br /&gt;
* ''Settings'': settings which can be updated for Privacy Now® service.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== T ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== U ==&lt;br /&gt;
* ''User'': users of Privacy Now®.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== V ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* ''View'': a list of records concerning a specific ''privacy management process''. It is possible to access to ''views'' from the left menu of the application. See also [[How To]] for more information on how to use ''views''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== X ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Y ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Z ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sottini</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=Processing_Activities&amp;diff=594</id>
		<title>Processing Activities</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.privacy-now.eu/en/index.php?title=Processing_Activities&amp;diff=594"/>
				<updated>2018-10-10T14:31:17Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sottini: /* Privileges */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Introduction to Processing Activities ==&lt;br /&gt;
''Processing activities'' are the core element of ''personal data'' management. Many regulations require to document and assess them. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Privacy-Now® dedicated process enables to record ''processing activities'', to maintain them and to use them for assessment or other tasks related to ''personal data'' management.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Workflow ==&lt;br /&gt;
A new ''processing activity'' can be created using the ''Add New'' functionality and choosing &amp;quot;New Processing Activity&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A workflow enables to move the ''processing activities'' in several statuses as shown in the following picture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Processing Activities Workflow ENG v1.0.JPG|centre|thumb|800x800px|Processing activities workflow and statuses.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following table explains the meaning of each status:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Status !! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Default || A temporary status when the ''processing activity'' is initially created before the first save. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Draft || A ''processing activity'' in this status is draft.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Active || A ''processing activity'' in this status is actually executed by the ''organization''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Inactive || A ''processing activity'' in this status is not executed by the ''organization''. Either it was in the past or it will in the future. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Cancelled || ''Processing activity'' cancelled. It is still possible to recover a ''processing activity'' from this status by enabled ''users''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Information ==&lt;br /&gt;
''Processing activities'' records are organized in four sections:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Identification''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;, where identification data of the ''processing activity'' are recorded,&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Ownership &amp;amp; Organization''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;, containing the assignment of the key roles enabled to manage the ''processing activity'';&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Characteristics''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;, with the key attributes of the ''processing activity'';&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Information Technology''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;, with information about the technologies used to process ''personal data'' by the ''processing activivty''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Detailed information on the meaning and use of every field can be found by pointing the mouse on the (i) next to each field. This will activate a tooltip with a brief description of the field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional information can be found in the secondary forms of the record: attachments, related items, messages and history. See [[How To]] for more information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Privileges ==&lt;br /&gt;
''Processing activities'' can be created by the ''users'' to whom the corresponding privilege is granted (see [[Users &amp;amp; Groups]] for more information on how to set this privilege).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The lifecycle of the ''processing activity'' is managed by the roles described in the table below. ''Groups'' are pre assigned to the roles according to the ''settings'' (see [[Settings]] for more information on how to set these defaults). Initial assignments can be modified according to privileges choosing among the enabled ''groups'' (see once again [[Settings]] for more information on how to enable ''groups'').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Role !! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;DPO Group&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Members of the ''group'' assigned to this role have full privileges. They can:&lt;br /&gt;
* transition records to any compatible status,&lt;br /&gt;
* update fields when possible,&lt;br /&gt;
* update ''data sources'' directly in record management,&lt;br /&gt;
* revert from &amp;quot;Cancelled&amp;quot; status.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Data Controller Group&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Members of the ''group'' assigned to this role have view (read) privileges.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Data Processor Group&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Members of the ''group'' assigned to this role have view (read) privileges.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Auditors Team&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Members of the ''group'' assigned to this role have view (read) privileges.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;DPA Owner&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || This role can be assigned to a single user among members of the ''DPO group'' or the ''Data Controller Group''. The &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;DPA Owner&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; has several privileges:&lt;br /&gt;
* transition to any compatible status,&lt;br /&gt;
* update fields when possible.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reports ==&lt;br /&gt;
The list of ''processing activities'' can be filtered and exported to excel format from the ''view'' '''''Processing Activities'''''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, it is possible to print the ''processing activity'' card using the '''Print''' command positioned up right in the ''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;General&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'' form of the ''processing activity'' record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Related processes ==&lt;br /&gt;
Many other entities can be related to ''processing activity'' records, in particular:&lt;br /&gt;
* ''access requests'',&lt;br /&gt;
* ''actions'',&lt;br /&gt;
* ''impact assessments'',&lt;br /&gt;
* ''risks''.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sottini</name></author>	</entry>

	</feed>